Learning To Teach - What Pre-Service Teachers Report
Learning To Teach - What Pre-Service Teachers Report
Learning To Teach - What Pre-Service Teachers Report
Research Online
Theses: Doctorates and Masters Theses
2015
Recommended Citation
Naylor, D. (2015). Learning to teach: What pre-service teachers report. Retrieved from http://ro.ecu.edu.au/theses/1626
2015
Recommended Citation
Naylor, D. (2015). Learning to teach: What pre-service teachers report. Retrieved from http://ro.ecu.edu.au/theses/1626
Copyright Warning
You may print or download ONE copy of this document for the purpose
of your own research or study.
The University does not authorize you to copy, communicate or
otherwise make available electronically to any other person any
copyright material contained on this site.
You are reminded of the following:
Copyright owners are entitled to take legal action against persons
who infringe their copyright.
A reproduction of material that is protected by copyright may be a
copyright infringement. Where the reproduction of such material is
done without attribution of authorship, with false attribution of
authorship or the authorship is treated in a derogatory manner,
this may be a breach of the author’s moral rights contained in Part
IX of the Copyright Act 1968 (Cth).
Courts have the power to impose a wide range of civil and criminal
sanctions for infringement of copyright, infringement of moral
rights and other offences under the Copyright Act 1968 (Cth).
Higher penalties may apply, and higher damages may be awarded,
for offences and infringements involving the conversion of material
into digital or electronic form.
USE OF THESIS
The Use of Thesis statement is not included in this version of the thesis.
Learning to Teach: What Pre-Service Teachers Report
Dawn A. Naylor
School of Education
Western Australia
Date of Submission
April 2015
Running Head: LEARNING TO TEACH
Abstract
being ineffective in preparing graduates for school teaching, this study sought to
questions about who was learning to teach and what, where, when and how did they
learn to teach during their initial learning to teach experiences at university. The topic
was approached by listening to the voices and stories of those who ought to know the
most about the phenomenon: the pre-service teachers. A multiple case study analysis
was conducted with seven pre-service teachers, enrolled in their final year of study
they reflected on their personal, contextual and professional aspects of the experience of
proposition that pre-service teachers’ approaches to learning to teach are pivotal to what
they will take from their teacher education experiences, and therefore their vision of
teaching and how that might be enacted. The extent to which the personal, contextual
and professional aspects are integrated and utilised by the pre-service teacher assert
learning to teach. The influences of the personal aspects were found in all three
orientations, but in the first orientation, the personal aspects were the single most
orientation because the pre-service teacher relied on their previous experiences and
observations of teachers and teaching, an established view of teaching that did not
change and they were confident about their ability to teach. In the second orientation,
ii LEARNING TO TEACH
the personal aspects combined with some of the professional or the contextual aspects,
and it was described as a transitional orientation. In the transitional orientation the pre-
service teachers recognised they must engage with the knowledge and skills for teaching
in order to review and refine their understanding about teaching and teaching methods.
The final orientation utilised and activated all three aspects (personal, contextual and
pre-service teachers actively constructed and made new and more complex meanings
While the orientations found in my study were specific about the diversity of
teacher educators some insight into the complex, dynamic and idiosyncratic nature of
Acknowledgements
Louden: thank you for inspiring the conception of this thesis by advising me to pose the
100 year old question. Although this was a relatively short association, I believe it was
at a crucial time in the planning of my research and your leadership was greatly
appreciated.
research proposal and then conceptualised into many drafts to become this thesis. I
relationships.
I would like to thank my family for their support and encouragement throughout
this marathon. To my parents Noreen (dec.) and Sinclair Stevens (dec.): I had this
opportunity because of your beliefs and values about education, and your steadfast
encouragement and belief in me. I am saddened that you did not see the final product,
but I hope I have made you proud. To my children, Alex and Sarah, who are not really
children anymore, thank you for pushing me on, asking how I was going and being
interested! I know this was the third research thesis I have put you through. To my
partner, Rod: your support has been invaluable, you understood the commitment I
To the pre-service teachers who played a major role in this thesis: you gave
freely of your time, and spoke honestly of your experience for the benefit of research. I
am indebted to you.
Finally, a number of people have read drafts and parts of this thesis and have
been critical friends and colleagues: thank you for your time and expertise. I also
LEARNING TO TEACH v
acknowledge this thesis was edited by Elite Editing, and editorial intervention was
Table of Contents
Abstract ........................................................................................................................ i
Declaration ................................................................................................................ iii
Acknowledgements.................................................................................................... iv
List of Figures ............................................................................................................ ix
List of Tables .............................................................................................................ix
List of Abbreviations ................................................................................................. x
Chapter 1: Introduction ............................................................................................ 1
1.1 Background ........................................................................................................ 1
1.2 Problem Statement. ............................................................................................ 7
1.3 Purpose of the Study. ......................................................................................... 9
1.4 Significance of the Study ................................................................................... 9
1.5 Overview of the Thesis .................................................................................... 11
Chapter 2: Literature Review ................................................................................. 13
2.1 The Who in Learning to Teach ........................................................................ 14
2.1.1 Demographics. .......................................................................................... 15
2.1.2 Epistemological beliefs. ............................................................................ 22
2.1.2 Dispositions............................................................................................... 27
2.1.3 Self-efficacy. ............................................................................................. 30
2.1.4 Implications of the who question to my study. ......................................... 34
2.2 The Where and When of Learning to Teach .................................................... 35
2.2.1 Campus-based contexts. ............................................................................ 37
2.2.2 School-based experiences. ........................................................................ 43
2.2.3 Implications of contextual aspects to my study. ....................................... 49
2.3 The What and How of Learning to Teach ........................................................ 50
2.3.1 KLA content knowledge. .......................................................................... 54
2.3.2 Pedagogical content knowledge (PCK). ................................................... 58
2.3.3 Knowledge of learners. ............................................................................. 61
2.3.4 Professional relationships. ........................................................................ 63
2.3.5 Assessment and monitoring. ..................................................................... 67
2.3.6 Professional ethics. ................................................................................... 71
2.3.7 Implications of professional aspects to my study. .................................... 74
2.4 Theoretical Perspective of My Study ............................................................... 75
2.5 Conceptual Framework of My Study ............................................................... 78
Chapter 3: Methodology.......................................................................................... 81
3.1 Design .............................................................................................................. 81
3.2 Sample .............................................................................................................. 88
3.3 Data Sources .................................................................................................... 90
3.3.1 Background knowledge and survey. ......................................................... 90
3.3.2 Interviews. ................................................................................................. 93
3.3.3 Artefacts .................................................................................................... 94
3.4 Data Analysis ................................................................................................... 94
3.5 Credibility, Dependability, Ethical and Generalizability Considerations ........ 97
3.6 Limitations of the Methodology .................................................................... 101
Chapter 4: Case Studies ........................................................................................ 103
4.1 Case Study One: Annie .................................................................................. 103
LEARNING TO TEACH vii
List of Figures
List of Tables
List of Abbreviations
Commonwealth of Australia
Commonwealth of Australia
IT Information technology
Youth Affairs
Australia
Chapter 1: Introduction
teacher some 25 years earlier, and I remember asserting that ‘I had learnt more about
communication, December, 1979). During the following ten years as a teacher I refined
my lessons, and also by pursuing further studies and research. This was followed by
another ten years as an administrator of primary schools, before I finally moved into
educator. I was eager to talk with the newly qualified teachers (my ex-pre-service
teachers) about their first semester of teaching, and how well we (the teacher educators)
had prepared them for their experience. I was surprised by the responses, which were
congruent with my own some 25 years earlier: ‘I have learnt more about teaching in this
first term than I did in the four years at university’ (Personal communication, April,
2004). Therefore, the purpose of my study is to explore the initial learning to teach
experiences, from the perspectives of pre-service teachers who have recently completed
1.1 Background
Worldwide, education systems and the general public desire and demand their
curriculum (Kind, 2014; Roofe & Miller, 2013). High quality teaching has been
identified as having the greatest effect on students’ achievement and their ability to
Hammond (2006) and many others, teacher quality and student outcomes are
2 LEARNING TO TEACH
inextricably linked to teachers’ preparation. As such, teacher education has often been at
the centre of many government reports, research investigations and media attention over
the past 30 years, conclusively and persistently calling for reforms in teacher education
in order to ‘fix the problems in schools’ with few actual reforms (Beare, Torgerson,
Marshall, Tracz, & Chiero, 2012). The focus of my inquiry is also on pre-service
teacher education, but in particular on what pre-service teachers report about learning to
teach during their pre-service teacher education period. I sought answers from pre-
service teachers directly because their voices have rarely been sought in the many
reports and investigations of learning to teach (Allen & Wright, 2014). Essentially, I
asked pre-service teachers what was learnt during their pre-service teacher education
experience, and where, when and how learning to teach was supported and enhanced, or
There is a common misconception among the general public and lay persons that
teaching is a task that most educated people can do. However, effective teaching goes
teaching, or a ‘bag of tricks’. Effective teaching involves deliberate and calculated ways
of creating learning environments in which students are engaged and challenged to fulfil
their potential. Effective teachers know about their students, subject matter, and how
best to teach them, and teachers are able to recognise students’ misconceptions,
diagnose and readily adapt learning to cater for these differences. Darling-Hammond
There he stands, waving his arms in time to the music and the orchestra
produces glorious sounds, to all appearances quite spontaneously. Hidden from
the audience—especially the music novice—are the conductor’s abilities to read
and interpret all of the parts at once, to play several instruments and understand
the capacities of many more, to organise and coordinate the disparate parts, to
motivate and communicate with all of the orchestra’s members. In the same way
as conducting looks like hand waving to the uninitiated, teaching looks simple
from the perspective of the student who sees a person talking, listening, handing
LEARNING TO TEACH 3
out papers and giving assignments. Invisible in both these performances are the
many kinds of knowledge, unseen plans and backstage moves…that allow a
teacher to purposely move a group of students from one set of understandings
and skills to quite another over the space of a few months (p. 301).
Like a conductor, the skilled teacher may make teaching look smooth and easy
to the lay person. However, what is not seen is the planning, deliberation and organising
prior to the lesson; purposeful and spontaneous decision making and responses to
students’ needs and events during the lesson; and reflection on what students achieved
dynamic and idiosyncratic process that takes time and is constantly evolving (Angus,
Grossman, Hammerness & McDonald 2014; Morrison, 2013; Zammit, Sinclair, Cole,
Singh, Costley, Brown a’Court & Rushton, 2007). Grossman, Hammerness, and
McDonald (2014) reported that over the past 30 years, ‘teaching has evolved from
view of teachers as decision makers and reflective practitioners’ (p. 274). Britzman
education courses have received persistent criticism over the past couple of decades.
Surveys of graduates, teachers, principals and education systems, both nationally and
internationally, report that pre-service teacher education programs did not adequately
prepare graduates for real teaching (Commonwealth of Australia, 2007; Roofe & Miller,
4 LEARNING TO TEACH
2013). Moreover, many pre-service and in-service teachers have asserted that their
practicum experience had the greatest impact on learning to teach (Adoniou, 2013;
Hastings, 2010) and pre-service and in-service teachers often claimed that in-school
contexts allowed for immersion in the ‘practical, real and immediate’ teaching contexts,
whereas the university context was often seen as ‘theoretical and remote’ (Allen, 2009,
p. 653). However, some recent studies have provided contrary evidence in so far as pre-
service teachers were satisfied with the degree to which their pre-service teacher
education experience prepared them for teaching (Hammerness et al., 2012; Ingvarson,
teachers can be exposed to similar pre-service teacher education experiences and yet
have such sharply contrasting evaluations of their experiences. I assume that knowledge
about possible causes for this discrepancy would assist teacher educators’ understanding
of the diverse nature of learning to teach, and enable them to adjust teacher education
programs accordingly.
education was meagre, and had limited transfer to the workplace (Brouwer &
Recepoglu, 2013; Roofe & Miller, 2013; Wideen, Mayer-Smith, & Moon, 1998;
Zeichner, 2010). These research findings identified the causes of the minimal impact as
much or too little theory; the traditional lecture and tutorial delivery style;
and practice gap); and pre-service teachers’ conflicting and inconsistent expectations of
their coursework (Bronkhorst, Koster, Meijer, Woldman, & Vermunt, 2014; Brouwer &
Korthagen, 2005; E. Fuller, 2014). While universities have made some changes—by
experiences I aim to identify the practices of teacher educators and their programme
characteristics that affect what and how pre-service teachers learn about teaching. My
understanding of which practices and strategies are considered more or less effective by
these pre-service teachers would inform teacher educators about the effect that some
tasks and practices have on certain pre-service teachers. This in turn would indicate that
some practices may need to be customised and differentiated in order to make learning
The first few years of teaching are not within the scope of the present study;
preparedness to teach by the end of their coursework. Identifying the extent of pre-
service teachers’ skills and knowledge about teaching is important for both pre-service
teachers and teacher educators. A sense of their confidence about aspect of teachers’
work is important for pre-service teachers because it can highlight areas where they
need further skills and professional development. For teacher educators, a sense of pre-
service teachers’ knowledge and teaching skills can indicate the effectiveness of the pre-
service teacher education programme to enhance skills and knowledge, so that informed
experience are the more recent, alternative ‘fast track’ pathways to becoming a teacher.
teacher registration have emerged, which have raised concern about teaching being
recent example in Australia was the Teach for Australia programme, in which graduates
6 LEARNING TO TEACH
completed a six-week intensive summer school traineeship, after which they were
‘parachuted into the nation’s most disadvantaged schools’ (Maiden, 2014, p. 3).
maintained that the alternative routes served to ‘water down’ teaching and emphasised
practice at the expense of evidence-based research and theory about effective teaching.
Spalding, Klecka, Lin, Wang, and Odell (2011) commented on the widespread
perception of the public and policy makers that learning to teach is relatively simple and
is best learnt ‘in the trenches not the towers’ (p. 3). Indeed, Spalding et al.(2011)
attributed this perspective to the fact that most people, including potential pre-service
teachers, have spent considerable time in classrooms, observing teachers or have been in
roles (sibling, parent or coach) in which they have had opportunities to ‘teach’ others
and, hence, regard teaching as relatively easy. My study will provide further
schools (PDS). PDS offer a similar model to Teach for Australia, but the first year of
supervisors on the school site to take units of study (Darling-Hammond, 2006). While
such programs go some way to finding an attractive alternative, they come with some
drawbacks. For example, one problem with ‘learning on the job’ is that there are not
enough ‘good’ role models. Consequently, the practice might perpetuate transmission
practice and reflective practitioners who seek the best outcomes for students from
does not necessarily mean the trainees will be exposed to expertise thus the quality of
mentors is important. Furthermore, the full-time teaching load and study is intense, and
requires a considerable amount of time and effort for pre-service teachers, mentor
LEARNING TO TEACH 7
number of alternative ways and contexts for learning to teach that warrant further
investigation into the effect of the place of learning and the various ideologies of such
Finally, and perhaps most importantly, the quality of the teacher will directly
affect students in schools. Teaching affects students’ achievements and their futures
significantly, hence the urgency to provide the best possible model for pre-service
teacher education to produce a ‘good’ start for both graduates and their students (De
Courcy Hinds, 2002; Hattie, 2012; Louden et al., 2005; Ramsey, 2000; Zammit et al.,
2007). Schools and classrooms are continually evolving and changing in an increasingly
Rather than teachers (teacher educators) disseminating knowledge and students (pre-
(teacher educators) need to facilitate learning in social, political and ethical contexts and
with technological affects (Brownlee, Schraw, & Berthelsen, 2011). Brownlee (2004)
concluded that the changing nature of education requires teachers who can solve ill-
defined problems, recognise diversity and be ‘flexible [and] tolerant of multiple realities
and reliant on [a] professional rather than intuitive knowledge base’ (p. 8). The
continual changes in education, teaching, and the diverse nature of teachers and students
mean that pre-service teacher education experience is under constant review. My study
is an attempt to explore learning to teach by discerning what happens, when and where,
what is learnt, by whom and how from the perspective of the pre-service teacher.
much more complex, dynamic and idiosyncratic than has been the case over the past
8 LEARNING TO TEACH
what has to be learnt. The plethora of competency frameworks and standards developed
by international, national and state teacher registration boards and professional learning
area organisations over the past 18 years attest to this fact (Australian Institute for
Department of Education and Training [DET], 2004; Maloney & Barblett, 2003;
knowledge are/are not learnt during the pre-service teacher education period.
According to Hattie (2012) and Opfer, Pedder, and Lavicza (2011), learning to
teach is dynamic because there are influences from students, curriculum, policy,
teaching and learning. While many researchers have investigated the characteristics and
behaviours of teachers to identify what ‘effective’ teachers do, these skills and
knowledge are not easily transferred or imitated, and that many contextual factors also
affect teaching, teachers and learners (Louden et al., 2005). My study will identify what
For example, a number of researchers found that pre-service teachers enter teacher
beliefs and values (Guarino et al., 2006: Sheridan, 2013; Watt & Richardson, 2008).
The pre-service teachers’ prior knowledge, experiences and beliefs are thought to act as
filters, influencing what is taken from the knowledge, skills and experiences presented
no single road to becoming a teacher, nor a single story of learning to teach’ (p. 221).
LEARNING TO TEACH 9
Thus, my study sought to investigate what personal aspects concerned with the pre-
did this by listening to the voices of a sample of pre-service teachers who described
aspects of their learning to teach experiences as they neared course completion in 2009.
examine what is learnt about teaching in the pre-service teacher education period, the
extent to which learning to teach experiences vary or are similar for particular pre-
service teachers, and to uncover what types of instruction and experiences made a
2. To what extent, and in what ways, did pre-service teachers attribute the
learning to teach experience from the perspective of the pre-service teachers. Firstly it is
comprehensive because it asks universal questions about who is learning to teach, where
when and how are they learning and what do they learn about teaching. Essentially
these questions relate to the personal, contextual and professional aspects of learning to
teach and my study is interested in the extent to which these aspects integrate and
influence each other. Much research has been conducted on aspects of learning to teach,
from a broader perspective and how each aspect may or may not be interrelated and
10 LEARNING TO TEACH
interwoven and whether there are any similarities or differences for pre-service teachers.
The variety of experiences emerging from this study will inform teacher educators about
the range of needs and the type of skills and knowledge pre-service teachers report
pre-service teachers about their initial learning to teach experience, thereby authorising
and validating their voices and stories (Allen, 2009; Allen & Wright, 2014). Allen and
Wright (2014) argued that pre-service teachers’ voices have been overlooked in the
learning to teach research. My study will attempt to identify how pre-service teachers
interpret their experiences and if any patterns of behaviour influence what they learn,
while studying part-time or vice versa (Hastings, 2010; Tigchelaar, Vermunt, &
Brouwer, 2014; Wagner & Imanual-Noy, 2014). Pre-service teachers, like other tertiary
students, make a considerable investment in time, emotional energy and finance to gain
their qualifications. They have lives outside of university that can make this preparation
stressful, because pre-service teachers often juggle part-time employment and family
commitments with their studies. The learners’ (pre-service teachers’) personalities, life
experiences, day-to-day events and learning styles also affect their learning to teach
This chapter described my initial motivation for the current study, background to
the problem, the nature of the problem, the purpose and significance of further
investigating learning to teach in the 21st century. Chapter Two contains a review of the
literature, public views of teacher education, and what is involved in learning to teach.
Learning to teach involves who is learning, where and when learning takes place, as
well as what is learnt about teaching. This second chapter concludes with an explanation
qualitative, more specifically case study research. This chapter provides a rationale for
the design, sample and data sources, and how data were analysed to form the
structured interviews. Interviews were transcribed and data was coded for analysis and
to report key findings and themes. This chapter concludes with limitations of the
methodology.
Chapter Four provides a synopsis of the data in the form of seven case studies.
teaching. In Chapter Four, I also make assertions about the factors and features
influencing the learning to teach experience for each participant, and what was most or
least valued.
Chapter Five consists of the cross-case analysis, which looks across cases to
identify common themes and key findings that pre-service teachers report as influencing
In Chapter Six, I describe and discuss the findings from my study, and their
implications for teacher educators and research. Finally, I draw conclusions and make
According to De Courcy Hinds (2002) less than 30 years ago, teachers who
could manage children, cover the appropriate texts and topics, ensure most students
were learning and be able to reproduce content were considered quality teachers. Today,
Ramsey (2000) asserted that teaching involves social justice, diversity and
inclusivity, economic, societal and technological changes, and their effects upon
delivery methods. Another view of teachers is that they are practitioners (De Courcy
Hinds, 2002; Halpern, 2005). Proponents of the latter perspective have argued that just
as the medical practitioner must be fully cognisant of the science of biology, teachers
need to be fully cognisant of the science of cognition. Teachers should understand how
students learn, what factors affect learning, and how to diagnose and intervene for
positive outcomes for students. Halpern (2005) argued that the importance of successful
student outcomes in education dictated the need for teachers to be ‘physicians of the
mind’(p. 2).
learners of the profession; the content and skills needed for teaching, and how these
might be developed; and the various models and contexts for learning about teaching in
universities, schools and more recently online. Essentially, the nature of learning to
teach involves universal questions about who, where, when, how and what (Brown &
Day, 1983; Feiman-Nemser & Remillard, 1994; Flavell, 1976). I use these universal
14 LEARNING TO TEACH
questions as a framework for organising and reporting on the findings of the literature
reviewed in this chapter. In addition, most of the research studies were conducted in
western countries such as USA, UK, Europe and Australia; however some research was
taken from other countries and where this was so the country was mentioned.
The who question refers to the learner; in this case, the pre-service teachers. Pre-
experiences that are brought to the learning context and influence what is learnt, how,
where and when (Feiman-Nemser & Remillard, 1994; Knowles, 1980; Schussler,
Stocksberry, & Beraw, 2010). The where, when, what and how questions involve
university, schools and other places where pre-service teachers claim to have learnt
about teaching (Schwab, 1973). I also use the questions to identify the knowledge,
skills, strategies and tasks that were or were not learnt about teaching, and how these
were developed.
experiences and knowledge that are challenged or affirmed by the learning opportunities
provided in their courses and on practicum experiences (Cheng, Chan, Tang, & Cheng,
2009; Loughran, Mulhall, & Berry, 2008; Rinke, Mawhinney, & Park, 2014). The prior
experience (Brownlee et al., 2011; McInnis, James, & Hartley, 2000; Rinke et al.,
2014). My review of the literature relevant to the profile of the pre-service teacher
2.1.1 Demographics.
backgrounds and academic abilities as factors that influence learning to teach (DET.,
2004; Hodgkinson, 2002; Ingvarson, Beavis, & Kleinhenz, 2004; Lortie, 1975; McInnis
et al., 2000; McKoy-Lowery & Pace, 2002; Sanford, 2002; Scottish Executive, 2005;
Sharplin, 2002). The demographics reported here are generalised, so caution should be
taken because learning to teach takes time and is contextualised, unpredictable and often
aged between 19 and 30 (DET, 2004; Hodgkinson, 2002; Lortie, 1975; McInnis et al.,
2000; McKoy-Lowery & Pace, 2002; Sanford, 2002; Scottish Executive, 2005;
Sharplin, 2002). While this has remained fairly constant over the last 40 years, some
evidence from Western countries have shown increases in minority groups entering
(Guarino, Santibanez, & Daley, 2006; Tigchelaar et al., 2014; Wagner & Imanual-Noy,
pre and postgraduate teacher education candidates in their 2006 data from Australia.
emotional, personality and moral development (Baltes, 1987; Curuso, 2002; Erikson,
1968; Havighurst, 1972; Kolhberg, 1981; Maslow, 1954). Erikson (1968) asserted that
pre-service teachers were generally either exiting the identity phase, or entering the
intimacy phase. In the identity phase, pre-service teachers have established a career
pathway and made a personal commitment to the career, whether in training or studies.
However, they may also be in the intimacy stage, in which they seek to establish
significant relationships with others. Friesen and Besley (2013) found that this intimacy
16 LEARNING TO TEACH
stage may be revisited in later adulthood. Similarly, Havighurst’s (1972) social phases
theory proposed that the pre-service teachers were in the early adulthood phase, which
involved social roles to do with career and vocation, home and family, personal
development, enjoyment of leisure time, health and community living (Knowles, 1980).
and as a result help others, namely children. Finally, Kohlberg’s (1995) work on stages
conventional-autonomous and principled phase. In this phase, adults have strongly held
moral views of right and wrong, which make beliefs more difficult to change or modify.
So, age might affect the pre-service teacher’s motivation towards their coursework in
the form of commitment, persistence and resilience. Age also alludes to the fact that
there may be competing priorities in terms of time spent on study, in employment, and
beliefs might also influence their willingness to embrace ideas that are different to their
own.
Australia, 2007; DET, 2004; Ingvarson et al., 2004). Wylie (2000) conducted a survey
determine levels of feminisation in the primary school teaching profession, and found
that in 11 out of 20 countries, 70 per cent of teachers were female, a finding consistent
with Department of Education, Science and Training (DEST, 2004) statistics in Western
Australia (71 per cent). In 2010, the Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS) reported a
national average of 81 per cent female teachers in primary schools. Drudy (2013)
learning. Drudy, Martin, Woods, and O'Flynn (2005) surveyed 1049 final year school
students and 457 pre-service teachers in Ireland, to identify the reasons why more
women entered teaching than men. The most common response was the perception of
teaching as women’s work related to the role of a mother, and that women were more
suited to the job. Wylie (2000) claimed that attraction to the teaching profession was
women’s employability.
female college students’ epistemological beliefs about ways of knowing and approaches
to teaching and learning interactions. She concluded that there were developmental
changes in how students reasoned, and what they valued in the teaching/learning
interaction. Within the first and least sophisticated stage, described as ‘absolute
knowing’, male students were more motivated to mastery, whereas female students
relied more on received knowledge. In her ‘transitional’ stage, Baxter Magolda found
males were more inclined towards an impersonal style, and female students preferred an
styles, while females preferred inter-individual styles. However, in the final, most
information to form a constructed meaning. This implies that in their first year at
university, females and males may have different expectations of their coursework, and
different approaches to their roles and responsibilities, and that these differences are
likely to change during their coursework period. The pre-service teachers’ expectations
18 LEARNING TO TEACH
about their roles and responsibilities as learners are also relevant to this study because it
Gender, therefore, has potential implications for this study in terms of sample of
participants and the pre-service teachers’ decision to teach. Ideally, the sample or
participants in the study should be from both genders or at least representative of the
compassionate and caring dispositions may also influence their beliefs and
understanding about teaching and teacher’s work as being somewhat intuitive and
natural and based on teacher personality rather than academic and pedagogical
reasons for wanting to teach and skills they believe they have that are suited to teaching.
show that currently, they are a homogenous group: white, Anglo-Celtic, monolingual
and lower-middle class (DEST, 2004; Hodgkinson, 2002; McInnis et al., 2000; McKoy-
Lowery & Pace, 2002; Ryan, Carrington, Selva, & Healy, 2009; Scottish Executive,
2005). However, in the USA, the typical classroom that newly graduated teachers will
face, 25 per cent of students live in poverty, 10–20 per cent have learning difficulties,
15 per cent are speakers of languages other than English and approximately 40 per cent
Sleeter, 2001). Kumar and Hamer (2012) reported that the US predicts that by 2035,
half of the school aged population will be students of colour, while the majority of
teachers will remain white, monolingual, middle class and female. The significance of
this gap between pre-service and in-service teachers and their students is its effect on
According to Kumar and Hamer (2012), pre and in-service teachers have very
school and learning (Decastro-Ambrossetti & Cho, 2011; Kumar & Hamer, 2012; Ryan
et al., 2009), limited visions of multicultural teaching and many pre-service teachers are
unsure and apprehensive about teaching diverse students (Down & Wooltorton, 2004;
Lee, 2001; Ryan et al., 2009; Sharplin, 2002). Sleeter (2001, p. 95) also refers to this as
‘colour blindness’ and it depicts a deficit view of learning, which implies that some pre-
service teachers form the opinion that certain students have personal histories and
believe any learning difficulties are situated with the learner (McKay, Carrington &
Iyer, 2014). A number of researchers have found that pre-service teachers tended to
Cho, 2011; Jordan, 1995; Kumar & Hamer, 2012; Lowery & Pace, 2002).
revealed it was a ‘messy’ transformation that was neither one-dimensional nor linear,
but rather ‘rhizomatic: growing and changing, sometimes returning to the original forms
and then growing and changing in a new direction or remaining dormant ready to grow
at another time’ (p. 190). McKay et al. (2014) concluded that their pre-service teacher’s
journey required negotiation and critical reflections on the structural, political and
personal obstacles, in order to create an inclusive learning climate. McKay et al. (2014)
claimed being a critical and reflective practitioner was important for pre-service
that teachers need to learn to teach increasingly diverse groups. Pre-service teachers’
diverse students—in the form of stereotypical and biased views based on ethnicity,
identify the degree to which the pre-service teachers report learning about the impact of
the sample of participants in the same way as gender, ideally represented in the same
of schooling and entry requirements for teacher education programs (DET., 2004;
Lanier & Little, 1986; Lortie, 1975; McInnis et al., 2000). McInnis et al. (2000) claimed
Western Australia, the most common entrance requirement for teacher education was
the year 12 aggregated exam score, commonly referred to as the Tertiary Entrance
Exam (TEE) pre-2000, and the Australian Tertiary Admission Rank (ATAR) post-2001.
Recently, Australian and teacher education institutes around the world have accepted
(2013) and Lortie (1975), pre-service teachers’ recent school experiences or extensive,
approach to university learning and their beliefs about teaching and teachers. Fenwick
and Cooper (2013) call this a ‘habitus that has been extensively defined by the culture
LEARNING TO TEACH 21
and social contexts of the family as well as educational experiences within school
environments’ (p. 99). Views about teaching are based on experiences with authority
figures such as parents, coaches and teachers (Feiman-Nemser & Remillard, 1994;
teaching, teachers’ communication skills, how children (themselves included) learn and
what should be taught. School experiences of pre-service teachers often view content or
subject matter as being a fixed set of facts, concepts and skills and teaching as
number of studies have found these beliefs and models of teaching to be well-
established and implicit, and often remain stable throughout the pre-service teacher
education (Moulding, Stewart, & Dunmeyer, 2014; Rinke et al., 2014; Weiner &
Cohen, 2003). Indeed, both positive and negative school experiences are often the
catalyst for deciding to teach (Cheng, Tang, & Cheng, 2014; Wagner & Imanual-Noy,
2014). Rinke et al. (2014) concluded that it was paramount for teacher education
teaching, learning and knowing in order for more transformative understanding about
teachers believe their prior schooling has influenced their concept of teaching and
the impact of teacher education coursework and delivery on pre-service teachers’ beliefs
about teaching and whether they experience any disruptions to their beliefs as a
Because my study focussed on beliefs about teaching, learning and beliefs about
how one learns to teach, the concept of epistemological beliefs are relevant.
Epistemological beliefs are concerned with what is learnt (philosophy) and describe an
individual’s beliefs about the nature of knowledge, including constructs about the
structure, certainty and source of knowledge (Murphy, Alexander, Greene, & Edwards,
2007). They are also about how knowledge is learnt (psychology) and describe an
individual’s beliefs about the process of knowing, including beliefs about ability and the
speed of learning.
continuum from naïve, surface and factual recall to a more sophisticated, holistic,
deeply connected and integrated group of concepts. Perry’s (1968) seminal study on
constructs of knowing and valuing (Hofer & Pintrich, 1997). Perry was interested in
He concluded that undergraduates entered their coursework with relatively naïve views
about the nature of knowledge and process of knowing, and viewed knowledge as
simple, certain and handed down by experts. However, by the end of their courses,
many of their views had become more sophisticated and knowledge was considered
2005). From this research emerged a system of nine intellectual and ethical positions,
representing four stages of development. The four stages were described as a continuum
work had a number of limitations—one being the elitism and gender demographics of
the participants—it laid the groundwork for future studies. Similarly to Piaget (1963),
Perry concluded that changes were brought about when cognitive disequilibrium
occurred. This was followed by interaction with the environment and responding to the
Goldberger, & Tarule, 1986), argumentative thinking (Kuhn, 1991) and reflective
judgements (King & Kitchener, 1994). All concluded that learners had a similar
trajectory from naïve and surface level understanding to sophisticated and deep
understanding.
challenged the idea that epistemological beliefs were one-dimensional and fixed in
stages. Instead, she proposed that epistemological beliefs were far more complex, and
that a system involving five independent constructs existed. The five constructs cited by
(Perry, 1968; Schommer, 1990). She also described the constructs along a continuum
from naive to sophisticated. The structure of knowledge was viewed in the extremes, as
isolated facts or integrated networks of ideas. The stability of knowledge was viewed as
fixed at birth or improvable. Finally, speed of learning was viewed as either quick, not
educated the parent, the more the children were expected to be responsible and
independent, and hence the children’s epistemological beliefs were more sophisticated
rather than naive. In this regard, Schommer contended that a unity of family and
Although the research studies described above are quantitative by design, the
information contained in the quantitative surveys offer my research some quite powerful
statements that will generate strong discussion points about the pre-service teacher’s
expectation of learning and more specifically learning how to teach. In addition, these
preconceived expectations about learning and learning to teach are likely to shape how
learn are likely to influence the strategies they use, the amount of time and energy they
put into learning and the degree to which they persist when faced with adversity in the
form of complex language and concepts. Pre-service teachers’ concepts of learning and
how these might change during the pre-service teacher education course are highly
relevance to my study.
(2001) surveyed 385 Chinese students in a Certificate of Education course (two year
undergraduate course) about their personal theories and conceptions of teaching and
developed from both an analysis of the literature and dialogue with pre-service teachers
about the work of teachers. Five constructs were identified about a concept of teaching
LEARNING TO TEACH 25
and learning, role and relationship of the teacher and student, role of peers and
individuals versus group learning, students’ abilities and needs, and teaching and
constructivist perspective that were not influenced by age, gender or fields of study.
Chan concluded that prior schooling, observation of teachers’ styles and being in
were different from Schommer’s (1990) study, and as such, Chan (2003) proposed that
epistemological beliefs. Chan concluded that pre-service teachers views ranged along a
continuum from traditional to constructivist, and these views may be difficult to change
as a result of inherent beliefs shaped prior to university. Chan recommended that teacher
educators learn about their pre-service teachers’ personal learning theories and need to
pedagogical approaches were framed with regard to epistemological stances, and how
practices. Data from interviews, surveys, reflective journals and practicum observations
were analysed using a recursive-generative approach. The researchers found that the
orientations and holistic, constructivist stances, but with no obvious awareness of their
conflicting beliefs. Thus, most pre-service teachers drew on multiple lenses for framing
fashion, rather than staged development. Moreover, these pre-service teachers held
different views about knowledge depending on whether they viewed knowledge from
the teacher’s or student’s perspective. When knowledge was viewed from a teaching
26 LEARNING TO TEACH
perspective it was considered outside of self and authorities, whereas when it was
Many et al. concluded that the way pre-service teachers viewed knowledge and the
result of their university experiences, and the reasons attributed to the changes. Both
quantitative and qualitative research methodologies were applied over a two year
period. Walker et al. found that third-year pre-service teachers were more likely than
first years to believe that learning might take time, that knowledge is integrated and
uncertain. The data also provided support for the move from subjectivist practical (in
their first year) to more complex, evaluative beliefs (at the end of the second year).
Walker et al. proposed that these changes may be related to more effective, deeper
approaches to learning and critical reflection. Such findings are in line with previous
research that core beliefs about knowing influence peripheral beliefs about learning
beliefs develop and that pre-service teachers can have different epistemological beliefs
dependent of whether they take a teacher or learner view of ways of knowing. It is also
possible that epistemological beliefs can be both traditional and constructivist. Also
evident was the fact that pre-service teachers with more sophisticated understanding of
knowing tended to have more complex and effective approaches to learning. Luft and
LEARNING TO TEACH 27
uncertain with their existing beliefs, followed by the presentation of feasible alternative
beliefs, and finally, connections had to be made between the old and new beliefs. Luft
and Roehrig (2007) also cautioned that other factors—such as life experiences—could
to my study because they influence their concepts of teaching and learning, roles and
relationships of the teacher and the learner, and the degree to which these might affect
on board concepts or openness to ideas that maybe different to their own. My study is
this might influence their concept of teaching and being a teacher. Thus, I have
borrowed some statements in my survey questions from Schommer (1990), Chan (2003
and Jehng, Johnson and Anderson (1993) to present ideas that would be useful to
2.1.2 Dispositions.
attitudes, beliefs, interest and values (Taylor & Wasicsko, 2000 ; Weiner & Cohen,
(p. 350). The combination of intention with action sets dispositions apart from attitudes
or beliefs. Pre-service teachers can have positive attitudes about teaching struggling
students, but may not be able to accomplish this in teaching. Hence, Schussler et
particular purposes and the awareness of the self and the context of the given situation
to employ appropriate knowledge and skills to achieve the purpose’ (p. 351).
Dispositions about teaching and learning are often intuitive, not coerced and
epistemological beliefs are similar. Sheridan (2013) claimed that pre-service teachers’
dispositions were important to their development of a teacher’s identity, and that these
their second and third year of coursework. Sheridan concluded that it was important to
misconceptions and deepen their understandings with critical reflection and analysis. In
order to learn about themselves and their professional identity as a teacher it was
important for pre-service teachers to identify and examine deeply held beliefs about
teaching and learning (Schussler et al., 2010; Sheridan, 2013; Weiner & Cohen, 2003).
knowledge about what to do, when, where and how to enact the practice to achieve
practice. In their study, pre-service teachers were more often able to use appropriate
language for their pedagogy, but were not able to show how this was manifested in
inclinations to meet the needs of all students (Schussler et al. 2010). This involved
and its influence on learning and how they use this knowledge of self and student to
modify instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners. Schussler et al.(2010) found
LEARNING TO TEACH 29
a deficit model—but failed to note the impact of such views on their teaching decisions
were concerned with pre-service teachers’ awareness of their moral values (right and
wrong) and how these affect their responses to various teaching situations. Schussler et
al. (2010) also found pre-service teachers in their study could articulate the desired
outcomes but were unable to connect the goals to classroom practice. The pre-service
teachers were often aware of the tensions they felt, but they did not know, or made
Whereas the pre-service teachers in the study by Schussler et al. (2010) reflected
assumptions and evaluate how these assumptions affected their teaching decisions.
Schussler et al. (2010) concluded that pre-service teachers who were able to identify
their assumptions were more likely to question their thinking and actions, had a balance
between focus on self and students, and looked at problems from different perspectives.
The ability to think through assumptions helped pre-service teachers understand how
the dispositions contributed to positive student outcomes. He listed the six most
common as being caring, fairness and respect, enthusiasm and motivation, reflective
practice, a positive attitude towards teaching and being friendly and personal with
students. Day (2012) described five qualities of ‘good teaching and teachers’ (p. 14).
First, good teaching is a combination of technical and personal competencies, deep key
learning area content knowledge and empathy for learners. As such, the personal cannot
be separated from the professional. Second, good teachers are universally described by
students as those who care. Third, teachers’ sense of teacher identity and agency are
30 LEARNING TO TEACH
crucial to their own motivation, commitment, well-being and capacity to teach to their
best. Fourth, good teaching requires the connection of emotion with self-knowledge.
Finally, to be an effective teacher takes time and requires hopefulness, resilience and the
ability to manage and lead in challenging circumstances and changing contexts (Day,
2012).
because these assumptions influenced pre-service teachers’ visions of teaching. This has
teaching and how this vision may be influenced by the background experiences and
important times during the course and on practicum when disposition were challenged
and changed, and identify conditions that prevented or permitted this to occur.
2.1.3 Self-efficacy.
outcome. It influences thinking, motivation and behaviour (Roofe & Miller, 2013).
his/her capacity to achieve student engagement and learning, even among students from
make the decision to teach, describe effective teaching qualities to ascertain if they have
skills suited to teaching, when they anticipate challenges or concerns in teaching and
Attraction and motive for teaching were considered similar concepts in the
literature and were more often relevant to making the decision to teach. A recent report
on staffing in Australian schools reported that 63 per cent of primary teachers and 45
per cent of secondary teachers made the decision to teach whilst still at school
LEARNING TO TEACH 31
(Commonwealth of Australia, 2014). Whilst the report does not elaborate or provide
justifications for the response, it was a new question in the survey and as such hints at
examined the reasons for wanting to study teaching, which over time have remained
quite static (Alexander, 2008; Calderhead & Sharrock, 1997; Guarino et al., 2006;
Lortie, 1975; McInnis et al., 2000; Rinke et al., 2014; Zammit et al., 2007). Common
themes were altruism (to make a difference), enjoyment of working with children
material benefits and service themes (importance to society) and compatibility with
and student achievement. Teachers with high self-efficacy tended to employ more
productive pedagogies, are more enthusiastic, open to new ideas and willing to try
complex strategies (Moulding et al., 2014). Additionally, high self-efficacy was found
to protect against stress and burnout and assist in the achievement of goals or
The study used the Teacher Self Efficacy Scale[TSES] developed by Tschuannen-
Moran and Woolfolk Hoy (2001), which targeted instructional strategies, student
engagement and behaviour management. Their findings implied that at the beginning of
their courses, both pre-service and postgraduate teachers’ self-efficacy ratings were
significantly higher than at the end. Pendergast et al. (2011) concluded that this was
likely the result of their own apprenticeship of observation, being a parent, emotional
memories of their own schooling, successful undergraduate study and a belief that they
32 LEARNING TO TEACH
could emulate their teachers. Conclusions about the decrease in self-efficacy at the end
positive note, knowing that self- efficacy decreases after initial enrolment contends that
al. also confirmed that early childhood postgraduate students had higher self-efficacy,
likely the result of part-time employment in childcare centres, thus gaining mastery
Similarly to self-efficacy, over the past 14 years a small number of studies have
& Denessen, 2002). Orientations relate to the way students experience and interpret new
concepts within their learning environment and these are believed to be mostly affective
because they influence learner’s preference for particular learning and assessment
questionnaire was developed to assess individual differences and cluster analysis was
Oosterheert et al. found five distinct orientations to learning to teach; two were referred
to as reproduction orientated; two were meaning orientated; and one orientation was
described as survival orientated. Within the reproduction and meaning orientations were
open and closed orientations. Open reproduction, pre-service teachers relied on external
were self-regulative about their “ideal self as a teacher” and actual teaching (p. 44).
Open meaning pre-service teachers were highly self-regulative about improving their
LEARNING TO TEACH 33
stimulus for learning, whilst closed meaning pre-service teachers were reliant on
external regulation to develop their frame of reference for teaching and evoked
concerned about improving their performance nor developing a frame of reference. The
researchers were critical of this study for poor generalizability, hence a second
The second study found four of the five orientations from the previous study,
with open reproduction being absent in the second study. Oosterheert et al. concluded
that it was not so much what pre-service teachers believed but rather how they believed
that was important and pre-service teachers needed support in developing orientations
courses and its impact on teacher professional change. The orientations to learning in
the study done by Opfer et al. were pre-determined to be internal, external, research and
collaborative orientations and hence their research examined the impact of orientations
reflection, modifying and experimenting as an individual teacher and these were found
learning from web sources, other school’s best practice and line manager feedback and
these sources had a moderate impact on beliefs and practices. Collaborative orientation
planning with colleagues and these had a lower impact on beliefs and even lower
impacts on practice. The research orientation, related to the importance of research for
34 LEARNING TO TEACH
professional learning, were the lowest levels of beliefs and practices, implying “some
scepticism about its relevance and usefulness for teaching practice (p. 449)”.
for teaching and their orientation towards learning to teach. Self-efficacy and
However, I also examine self-efficacy specific to teaching skills in the section on what
has to be learnt about teaching. In my study, I sought to understand how confident pre-
service teachers were at the end of their coursework about elements of teacher’s work.
This review has shown that pre-service teachers possess multiple personal,
social and cultural identities that are likely to influence their experience of learning to
teach (Rinke et al., 2014). The first implication from past research to my study indicates
that pre-service teachers are competing with many cognitive, socio-emotional, personal
and financial experiences (Baltes, 1987; Curuso, 2002; Erikson, 1968; Havighurst,
1972; Kolhberg, 1981; Maslow, 1954). While the range of life experiences is not
Motivation will affect the decision to teach, study skills such as time, effort, persistence,
preconceived understandings about teaching and learners and hence they may harbour
potentially misleading and not helpful as a source from which to evaluate the less
familiar and potentially ‘new’ concepts that teacher educators would prefer pre-service
the way in which the pre-service teachers conceptualise what has to be learnt and how it
will be learnt may also influence what they take from their coursework and practicum
(Wideen et al., 1998). These beliefs are likely to influence their motivation and
approaches to coursework and practicum and their willingness to embrace new ideas
about teaching and learning (Belenky et al., 1986; Brouwer & Korthagen, 2005;
The dispositions were identified as the attraction to or appeal of teaching, and hence the
teachers believed they knew how to teach and can already teach, they may expect the
value or relevance to practical teaching. An expectation that they will not learn anything
new from their coursework also signals the potential for fixed beliefs about teacher’s
core business.
The literature regarding who are the pre-service teachers helped me to construct
the semi-structured interview questions for the first interview and the survey questions
In this section I examine research about where and when pre-service teachers
learn to teach. While the contexts for learning to teach typically involve the milieus of
university and the practicum in schools and classrooms, the research also acknowledged
that learning to teach begins long before enrolment in the initial teacher preparation
course, and continues long after graduation (Ingvarson et al., 2004). The effects of
36 LEARNING TO TEACH
family upbringing and prior schooling on learning to teach were identified above.
Suffice to say, these beliefs and models of teaching are often well-established, implicit
and remain stable throughout teacher education (Moulding et al., 2014; Rinke et al.,
I assume that regardless of where learning to teach occurs, each context will
contain ideologies and philosophies about learning and learning to teach that influence
the delivery of content, prevailing learning conditions and practices (Hofer, 2004). The
prevailing learning conditions represent the nature of the academic tasks undertaken,
assessment and evaluation, nature of interactions between the learners and knowers,
Literature from seminal studies (Jackson, 1990; Knowles, 1980; Lortie, 1975; Perry,
1968) as well as more recent studies (Hammerness et al., 2012; Strauss, 2005;
Tochterman, 2001; Walker et al., 2011; Zeichner & Conklin, 2008) propose that
learning to teach can be viewed along a continuum: from teaching as a natural cognitive
ability that sets human beings apart from other species, thought to be intuitive and learnt
without formal training (Strauss, 2005), to a more transmission and formal learning
these two extremes are the assumptions that learning to teach is a socialisation and
imitation experience (Walls, Nardi, von Minden, & Hoffman, 2002) and a
research studies have identified professional development schools and online learning
as contexts for learning to teach. These contexts were not the focus for my research as
they were not an option for the pre-service teachers and online courses were not in
universities, regional campuses, teachers’ colleges and more recently—in the UK and
the past four decades, learning to teach has involved undergraduate courses ranging
from three to five years, and more recently postgraduate studies (referred to as
baccalaureate in Europe and the USA) ranging from one to two years.
Since initial teacher training courses began in middle of the 20th century, they
have been described as a transmission and positivist model (Allen, Ambrosetti, &
Turner, 2013; Wideen et al., 1998). The implicit goal was for the university to provide
the theory, skills and knowledge; and the school was to provide the context for
applying, practicing and integrating these theories, skills and knowledge (Allen, 2009).
teachers’ knowledge and understanding were usually assessed through assignments and
The practicum experiences were usually assessed by mentor teachers or principals, with
the university supervisor playing a minor role, usually visiting pre-service teachers a
few times.
38 LEARNING TO TEACH
criticism, both internationally and nationally, for many years. In a climate of public
(TRBWA, 2012), national teaching standards (AITSL, 2011) and media and the
have and continue to be criticised. There exists a plethora of reports and research,
These include:
• a lack of practical preparation for real teaching (Allen, 2009; MACQT, 1998;
Ramsey, 2000; Wilson, Floden & Ferrini-Mundy, 2001);
• the separation of theory and practice (Ingvarson et al., 2004);
• the time lapse between the delivery of content knowledge/theory and exposure
to practice, which makes it difficult for pre-service teachers to make
connections;
• use of a transmission teaching model at university does not match good practice
in teaching, nor does it emphasise deep understandings (Tardif, 2001);
• assessment methods at university emphasise content recall and regurgitation
versus problem solving, collaboration, diversity, inclusivity and multiple
opportunities to show what has been learnt. These methods are not widely used
as informants to teacher educators (Jehng, Johnson, & Anderson, 1993; Ramsey,
2000);
• lack of accountability in terms of effective teaching that contributed to positive
student outcomes and evidence-based outcomes (Hattie, 2012; Commonwealth
of Australia, 2007);
• lack of integration, relationships and realistic contexts between units of study,
resulting in fragmentation of coursework (Grossman et al., 2014;
Commonwealth of Australia, 2007; Wilson, Floden & Ferrini-Mundy,
2001;Tardif, 2001);
• lack of collaboration and consultation between university, schools and in-service
teachers (Commonwealth of Australia, 2007). Such collaborations would help
bridge the theory and practice gap, and assist in the provision of research and
evidence-based practices that would benefit all stakeholders;
• lack of recognition that learning to teach goes beyond initial teacher preparation,
and is a career-long process (Adoniou, 2013; Commonwealth of Australia, 2007;
Hammerness et al., 2012; Ingvarson et al., 2004).
LEARNING TO TEACH 39
in undergraduate and postgraduate programs of various disciplines. They found that the
programs promoted a less sophisticated view that knowledge was certain, unchangeable,
in a fixed sequence and delivered by experts. In contrast, they posited that curriculum in
postgraduate programs was less structured and certain, open to criticism and required
students to actively co-construct ideas and knowledge. The difference in instruction was
accommodation and integration in the postgraduate programs (Jehng et al., 1993). Their
study also found that postgraduate students in the social sciences, arts and humanities
tended to believe that knowledge was less certain, more reliant on their individual
reasoning and the learning process was not orderly. This contrasted with students in
engineering and business, where there were often prerequisite skills, orderly sequences
and relatively certain knowledge disseminated by credible experts. Jehng et al. (1993)
concluded that students’ epistemological beliefs were ‘socially shared intuitions about
the nature of knowledge and the nature of learning’ (p. 26). As such, the orderly process
of learning described by Jehng et al. (1993) was influenced by the contextual ethos and
direct instructional effects of prior schooling, individual educational levels and domains
of study.
(2004) surveyed early career teachers on how well they believed they had been prepared
for teaching. Both undergraduate and postgraduate students were surveyed, with
students. On a four-point scale, early career teachers believed that the core elements of
40 LEARNING TO TEACH
their courses had prepared them to a moderate effect (slightly below three). However,
reporting to parents was deemed to be not adequate (slightly less than two). Early career
teachers reported that the strengths of their teacher education programs were a strong
focus on content knowledge, assessment, curriculum planning and timely and useful
feedback. Hence, for the teachers in the study by Ingvarson et al. teacher education did
matter and did prepare pre-service teachers for the demands of their first year of
gave them deep knowledge of what they were expected to help students learn,
and how students learned it, as well as skill in diagnosing students’ existing
levels of understanding of the content taught, planning activities that would
promote further development and assessing the extent to which development had
taken place’ (Ingvarson et al., 2004, p. 89–90).
The study concluded that the professional capabilities developed during pre-
service teacher education were necessary for commencing teaching. However, these
Similarly, in the USA, Beare et al. (2012) collected data from early career
seven years, and they confirmed that graduate teachers at the end of their first year of
teaching were satisfied with their preparation for teaching, in terms of their pedagogical
accreditation standards.
These criticisms and praise were based on both qualitative and quantitative
research and reports, but they serve to highlight some of the potential context related
themes that are likely to be found when pre-service teachers describe their learning to
significant and insignificant experiences of learning to teach at both their campus and
While teacher education remains under scrutiny, the criticisms have highlighted
(2006) reviewed seven exemplary teacher education programs in the USA. The
Graduate teachers who were able, from their first days in the classroom, to
practice like many seasoned veterans, productively organising classrooms that
teach challenging content to very diverse learners with levels of skill many
teachers never attain (p. 306).
their differences and variety, the programs had some common features (pp. 305–306):
• a common, clear vision of good teaching that permeates the coursework and
clinical practices, creating a coherent set of learning outcomes;
• well-defined standards of professional practice and performance used to guide
and evaluate coursework and clinical practice;
• a strong core curriculum taught in the context of practice and grounded in
knowledge of child and adolescent development and learning;
• an understanding of social and cultural contexts, curriculum, assessment and
subject matter knowledge;
• extended clinical practice—at least 30 weeks of supervised practicum and
student teaching opportunities in each programme—carefully chosen to support
the ideas presented in simultaneous, closely-woven coursework;
• extensive use of case methods, teacher research, performance assessments and
portfolio evaluation that apply learning to real problems of practice;
• explicit strategies to help students confront their deep-seated beliefs and
assumptions about learning and students, and to learn about the experiences of
those different to themselves;
• strong relationships, common knowledge and shared beliefs among school and
university-based faculty jointly engaged in transforming teaching, schooling and
teacher education.
Zeichner and Conklin (2008) reviewed six multi-site case studies in the USA to
Conklin identified were: institutional contexts and the social and political attributes of
and goals; people level contexts (pre-service teachers, teacher educators, school staff)
and the substance of programs (coursework, field work, teaching styles and assessment
about teacher education programs. Zeichner and Conklin claimed the conceptual
framework served to highlight both the substantive features of teacher education, but
also offered a guide to reform, research, compare and contrast, and on its ability to
Zeichner and Conklin cautioned that while this framework could be used to
evaluate teacher education programs, it should not look simply at the absence or
presence of these features, but rather their ‘elaboration and enactment of [the] particular
features’ within and not independent of their contexts (p. 285). They concluded that ‘the
search for the universally best practice in teacher education for all types of candidates in
Some characteristics and reform that look promising for learning to teach
included the use of cohorts (Beare et al., 2012; Dinsmore & Wenger, 2006), and shared
vision about teaching and learning between all stakeholders (Bransford, Derry, Berliner,
Hammerness, & Becket, 2005; Grossman et al., 2014; Tardif, 2001; Wilson, Floden, &
Ferrini-Mundy, 2001). The shared vision involved: shared content knowledge about
assessment; curriculum planning; key subject area (Lacina & Collins Block, 2011);
child development, diverse learners and schools (Allen, 2009; Grima-Farrell, Long,
standards (Bransford et al., 2005); strong relationships and communication; use of case
studies and authentic examples (Fenwick & Cooper, 2013); and timely feedback.
LEARNING TO TEACH 43
There are two things to take from this review that are pertinent to my study.
First, it is evident that there are different ways of learning to teach and there are
different contexts for learning to teach that may be more or less suitable for the different
aspects of teaching that have to be learnt. For example, the practicum is where pre-
service teachers have the opportunity to ‘trial’ their practical teaching methods and
approach that uses moderation and collaboration with other teachers (or pre-service
teachers). Thus, my study was interested in finding out what types of experiences do
pre-service teachers report as useful and helpful for learning to teach and what types of
experiences are not useful and may in fact be inhibiting the learning to teach experience.
any patterns or trends that indicate when certain types of activities are better or worst
students, learn in different ways and at different rates. Accordingly, part of the problem
is matching the learner to the learning at the right time. In this regard, many of the
‘good teaching practices’ used in K-12 classroom apply to the learning to teach campus-
based classrooms. The purpose of my study and this review of contextual influences on
learning to teach were to identify aspects of the campus-based experience that pre-
service teachers believe enhance or inhibited learning to teach and more importantly
experience. The time spent in schools is when pre-service teachers experience being a
Practicum or field experiences vary enormously (Allen & Wright, 2014; Beck &
Kosnik, 2002a; Graham, 2006). The degree of variance involves: the amount and type
of practicum; the placement within the course; the degree to which the practicum is
related or connected with the coursework (Darling-Hammond, 2006; Wilson, Floden, &
& Korthagen, 2005) and issues related to who supervises or takes responsibility for
consensus over how much practicum is appropriate. For most states and territories,
argued that practicum experiences should be a minimum of 150 days (30 weeks). My
study in interested in the extent to which pre-service teachers describe the amount of
full day per week, of varying durations) and a block practicum (between two and 12
weeks). More recently, teacher education programs have adopted internship and
residency models (full time in schools, for six months to a full academic year) (Grima-
LEARNING TO TEACH 45
Farrell et al., 2014), team teaching approaches (Baeten & Simons, 2014) and PDS and
laboratory schools (Beare et al., 2012). They may also have a campus-based component
are the degree to which pre-service teachers report similar or different experiences to
There are also inconsistencies in terms of when practicums start, with some
universities placing them in the first year of pre-service teacher education to help pre-
service teachers decide if teaching is the right vocation for them, while others believed
affect students. This means the practicum provides opportunities to integrate and apply
pedagogical knowledge and theory to practice (Allen & Wright, 2014). The practicum
curriculum, while also remaining flexible to adapt to the pre-service teachers’ needs and
clearly and explicitly explained and mutually supported by schools and mentor teachers
(Allen & Wright, 2014; Darling-Hammond & Bransford, 2005). Further, pre-service
as an action research project—to bridge the theory and practice ‘gap’ (Allen et al., 2013;
Allen & Wright, 2014). School contexts should be conducive to collegial relationships,
46 LEARNING TO TEACH
mentor teachers should be exemplary role models who contribute professionally to the
evaluation and feedback, that not only ensures student outcomes are met but that pre-
standards (Allen & Wright, 2014; Chung & van Es, 2014 ; Liakopoulou, 2012). The
attributes of the practicum identified above provide some basis for analysis of the
practicum experiences that the pre-service teachers in my study have experienced and
can describe.
Many teachers and pre-service teachers believe the time on practicum and in
schools and classrooms is where they learn the most about teaching; therefore, the
practicum experiences are more highly valued (Allen, 2009; Grootenhoer, 2006; White,
Bloomfield, & Le Cornu, 2012; Wilson et al., 2001). The authentic, realistic context for
teaching and being a teacher is valued. Beck and Kosnik (2002a) conducted a study in
which they asked pre-service teachers about ‘what constitutes a good practicum
placement’ (p. 84). The results yielded seven themes including: emotional support from
mentors, peer relationships with mentor, collaboration with mentor (planning and
exemplary mentor teachers and a heavy, but not excessive, workload. Pre-service
teachers in my study will also be asked about their practicum experiences in terms of
diverse learners and to learn continuously from their practice. Similarly, Lacina and
Collins Block’s (2011) review of the most effective (literacy) teacher preparation
programs found that the most successful had ‘consistent, carefully selected and relevant
field experiences’ (pp. 334–335). That is, there was a shared ‘vision’ about what
booklets explaining the purpose of the practicum, and occasionally hold meetings with
principals and mentor teachers, the reality is that these rarely takes place, so mentor
teachers’ interpretations of the purpose of the practicum and their role with pre-service
teachers vary. This variance can involve mentor teachers’ foci on subject knowledge,
view that the purpose of the practicum is to socialise pre-service teachers into the status
quo of the school or the practices of the mentor teacher, or a way of testing innovative
often minimal, further reinforcing the university’s disconnection with practice and
practicum school, the role and communication between the university and mentor
teachers tends to become less clear, which can impede pre-service teachers’ ability to
make theory-to-practice links (Allen & Wright, 2014; Graham, 2006). The practicum
can be perceived as the place in which the theory and practice gap connects (Allen,
2009), or it can emphasise the disparity between the university and the school’s
transmission, bureaucratic teaching model in schools, in conflict with the more learner-
centred, democratic model of university (Capraro, Capraro, & Helfedt, 2010). In the
48 LEARNING TO TEACH
teachers’ ways of teaching because they are classroom-based, tried and tested methods
(Zeichner & Tabachnick, 1981). Pre-service teachers often follow their mentor teacher’s
Moreover, the mimicked behaviour is likely to be adopted without the critical reflection,
number of pre-service teachers and little obligation on the part of schools to take on pre-
service teachers. This compromises universities’ choice and quality control over the
teachers, mentor teachers, schools and university, school and classroom dynamics and
systemic policies and practices all playing a part (Adoniou, 2013; Allen, 2009; Capraro
based conditions that pre-service teachers identify as influencing learning to teach and
reasons behind their perceived impact. The aspects identified involve: the amount and
type of practicum experiences; roles and responsibilities of mentor teachers and pre-
service teachers; visions about the purpose of practicum; degree to which pedagogy,
content knowledge, classroom management were the focus; and university’s role and
responsibility.
LEARNING TO TEACH 49
affect learning to teach. The contexts for learning to teach identified in my study were
received the most criticism and criticisms were related to: transmissive and positivist
teaching styles and assessment procedures; lack of practicum; theory and practice gap
university and schools. However, there are some promising innovations that include:
common and clear visions about what good teaching looks like; the grouping of pre-
service teachers into cohorts; strong teacher and pre-service teacher relationships;
curriculum innovations such as core subjects areas, case and research methods,
portfolios and problem solving approaches to learning content; strategies to target deep-
seated beliefs and conception of teaching and learning; and improved partnerships
between schools and universities that are mutually beneficial for both contexts and the
pre-service teachers.
is authentic and real (Allen, 2009). The most successful practicum include; extensive
practicum experience that are developmentally sequenced; where and when pre-service
teachers and their mentor teachers’ beliefs and values about teaching are congruent and
analysis based on student outcomes and achievement; exemplary role models and where
university and school partnerships to bridge theory and practice gap (embedded
where the practicum purpose and mentor teachers role are not clearly communicated or
shared; variance in mentor teachers’ focus; variance in feedback and advice from
50 LEARNING TO TEACH
mentor teachers; university supervisor’s focus and disparity between school and
university roles.
particular, it sought to identify the features of the both contexts that were significant or
This section describes what has to be learnt about teaching. Identifying and
professional knowledge and skills for teaching is extensive, and ranges in detail and
structure (AITSL, 2011; Angus, Olney, & Ainley, 2007; DET, 2004; Louden et al.,
2005). The literature included research articles, commissioned reports, standards and
registration and course accreditation from US, European, UK and Australian contexts,
predominantly.
The contentious question about what teachers should know and be able to do is
Education Ministerial Advisory Group Issues Paper which sets out to identify—from
While this might seem to indicate that the research to date has not provided answers,
international recognition and agreement that the quality of teaching is the single-most
Calderhead and Sharrock (1997) contend that teachers’ work can be described
(Sheridan, 2013; Wideen et al., 1998). Their descriptions are often based on
observations and experiences with past teachers, so reflect a simplistic view of teaching.
In Sheridan’s (2013) study, pre-service teachers entered their courses believing effective
teachers were those who were enthusiastic, energetic, enjoy students and make learning
effective (Calderhead & Sharrock, 1997). Typically, these sources of the descriptions of
registration boards and education systems. The descriptions assume that they have
captured the essential aspects and complexity of teaching. The descriptions were
generated for a number of purposes including: a common reference point for dialogue
between professionals and the community; to make explicit the knowledge, skills and
teachers with a tool for advancing professional skills and development; providing
direction for tertiary institutions and professional development providers; and to raise
the quality of education standards to ensure better outcomes for students (DET, 2004).
52 LEARNING TO TEACH
comparison of the teacher’s examinations for 1875 and 1985, and noted the conspicuous
absence of subject/content knowledge in the latter. This ‘blind spot’ in the research into
teaching was the premise for developing one of the first lists of knowledge and skills to
describe teacher’s work. Although this description of teachers’ work found seven
themes, it was the final theme that received the greatest attention, and that earned
‘special amalgam of content and pedagogy which makes it unique to the province of
knowledge, pedagogy and curricular knowledge. Shulman contends that to know one’s
subject matter, a teacher needs to understand the substantive structure of the subject,
how the basic concepts and principles of the subject are organised, the syntactic
structure of the subject and the ways in which truth and falsehood are described.
that were both research and empirically-based. Curricular knowledge was referred to as
alternative ways of dealing with curriculum that recognised lateral curriculum (other
topics and subjects under study by students) and vertical curriculum (topics within
proposes the sources of teachers’ knowledge are propositional, case knowledge and
inquiries, practical experiences and moral or ethical reasoning. Case knowledge used
Shulman states that there are pro-types, precedencies and parables that help describe
teaching. Finally, strategic knowledge is the ‘wisdom of practice’; in other words, what
organisations, government, research and universities are clearly more dynamic and
complex, and are more technical and systematic in their organisation and elaborations.
DEWA (2001) had eight principles and three broad phases of teacher competency that
are not related to experience. Teachers’ work is described as generic attributes, under
descriptor, and are further elaborated as 18 critical elements, which also have 92
teachers’ voices to provide case narrative evidence of the indicators. New Zealand’s
Education Review Office (ERO, 2002) also provided mini case studies to illustrate their
indicators.
The simplest descriptions of teachers’ work are found in: the National
organisations such as; Standards for Teachers of English Language and Literacy
the NPQTL document is two pages long and describes five areas of competence, with a
total of 32 indicators. The descriptions of senior teachers from other education systems
were developed within a year of each other, and are closely aligned with the NPQTL
54 LEARNING TO TEACH
document. In its simplest format are statements about teacher’s work in various
discipline areas such as literacy, science and maths, and these were developed by the
professional key learning area organisations (STELLA, 2002; ASTA, 2002; AAMTA,
2002). They classified teachers’ work using three domains, with ten standards.
Hence, over the last decade, a plethora of reports describing teachers’ work have
been produced. The most recent teaching standards in Australia are the AITSL
standards (2012), which were not used in my initial research period because they had
not been formulated. However, and perhaps not surprisingly, they do match the
knowledge; and professional ethical practices. The dimensions represent a critical and
explanatory description of teachers’ work as they attempt to capture the social, political,
dimensions are arbitrary divisions as there is significant overlap between them. The
survey so that pre-service teachers could describe what they had or had not learnt about
teaching during their initial teacher education experience and rate their confidence as
they enter teaching. The dimensions now follow in the sequence described above.
The term KLA content knowledge crosses the boundaries of pedagogy and
KLAs or disciplines. They need to learn current theories about how best to teach each
KLA (also described as pedagogy), understand the aims and purposes for teaching
LEARNING TO TEACH 55
KLAs, how to select and organise content in cohesive and developmentally appropriate
sequences and how to make their expectations known to students. Pre-service teachers
also need to learn how to assess and evaluate students using evidence-based tasks
and this has been an issue for a number of decades (Carter, 1990; Tambyah, 2008;
Thornton, 2010; Wilson et al., 2001). Tambyah’s (2008) study focussed on Australian
pre-service teachers’ knowledge base for Studies of Society and Environment (SOSE)
in the primary curriculum. She used a case study approach to collect data from four
tutors who taught SOSE to the cohort group. The data was based on the tutors’
completing two assignments. Tutors were interviewed about the pre-service teacher’s
topic choice and source of content and teaching, to develop social science skills and use
of inquiry learning. Findings imply that pre-service teachers’ KLA content knowledge
appeared to develop from secondary experiences (Ball & McDiarmid, 1990; Tambyah,
2008). Additionally, Tambyah found that pre-service teachers tended to rely on topics
they knew, lacked deep conceptual understanding of the sciences but rather experiential
conceptions of that knowledge and believed their general and personal understanding
was sufficient to not require more in-depth research. Further, Tambyah expressed
concern that the lack of expertise in SOSE may cause pre-service teachers to emphasise
social science’ (p. 56). Despite the lack of expertise in subject knowledge, she found
approaches.
56 LEARNING TO TEACH
teachers said they knew about geography as opposed to what they actually understood.
Catling (2006) raised major concerns about the teaching time allocated to geography in
pre-service teacher education programs in the UK, and pre-service teachers’ lack of
knowledge and understanding about how to teach it. Cutter-McKenzie and Smith (2003)
ecological literacy’ (p. 497). Studies of the key learning content knowledge in science
(Kind, 2014) and mathematics (Ball, Thomas, & Phelps, 2008; Hill & Ball, 2009)
discovered similar results, in that novice teachers had misconceptions about the content,
which would likely constrain the way they represented concepts to students. Kind’s
study showed that having an academic degree in science did not mean a graduate had
the high quality content knowledge and appropriate language to be able to teach
students effectively, and there was even less chance of content knowledge being taught
effectively if graduates also had misconceptions about the subject (another finding in
Kind’s study). She also attributed the source of misconceptions ‘to intuition, life-world,
language and teaching’ (p. 1337), and argued that the misconceptions may be attributed
to the sorts of textbooks and testing that discouraged questioning and inquiry.
Therefore, she believed that the teaching pre-service teachers received could have been
where a teacher was less familiar or confident with KLA content, they tended to adhere
to textbooks more rigidly, asked shallow or closed questions, were unable to extend
Carter (1990) similarly concluded that teachers’ KLA content knowledge base,
background experiences and orientations influenced how they organised instruction and
LEARNING TO TEACH 57
represented ‘the substance of the curriculum’ (p. 306). Shulman (1986a) contended that
many pre-service teachers spent considerable time relearning KLA content early in their
careers. A way of learning KLA content was through the experience of having to teach
it. Teaching content involved students’ questioning, debating and discussing conceptual
knowledge that they may not have anticipated initially, but with experience and
readiness for teaching. In Turkey, the Ministry of Education Board (MEB, 2006)
al. used the six performance indicators to design their survey, and asked the pre-service
teachers to rank the core competencies from least (one) to most (five) adequately
prepared. Although Turkish teacher education programs are quite different to the
Australian context, this was the only study at the time of print, that was similar to my
study in that it asked pre-service teachers to self-evaluate their readiness to teach using
the six core competencies. In light of the potentially different cultural influences of the
Knowledge of curriculum and content in their study was considered similar to KLA
competency in my study. The pre-service teachers in the study done by Kildan et al.
rated knowledge of the curriculum as their least prepared competency. Although the
study done by Kildan et al. was quantitative by nature it does allow me to compare my
pre-service teachers with theirs and describe differences. My study also wanted to gauge
service teachers also rated KLA but they were also asked about their rating, source of
Together with the research from the UK, USA and Australia, and the concerns
expressed by newly appointed teachers, KLA knowledge appears to be an area that does
not develop, or develops very little, during the pre-service teacher education period. The
service teachers’ content knowledge in the form of sources of content and their
perceived level of confidence about having sufficient KLA knowledge. It will also be
useful to examine dispositions to teaching in the various KLAs. Finally, and perhaps
more related to the next dimension, is the need to investigate pre-service teacher’s
understanding of how best to teach various KLAs, how subjects or topics are developed.
which aspects of the content students can learn at a particular developmental stage, how
to present it to them, and how to lead them into different conceptual understandings’
(Park & Chen, 2012, p. 924). The term pedagogical content knowledge was not
commonly used in the earlier reports on what constitutes teacher’s work, but phrases
such as planning and managing teaching and learning, facilitating student learning,
professional practice, planning expectations and knowledge allude to the term (AITSL,
2011; DEWA, 2001; INTASC, 1992; MACQT, 1998; MCEETYA, 2003; DET 2004;
Zammitt et al., 2007). The development of pedagogical content knowledge has garnered
increasing interest since the 1970s, representing a shift in thinking about what teachers
of their actions (Carter, 1990; Jackson, 1990; Park & Chen, 2012).
are organised, represented and adapted to the diverse interests and abilities of learners
and presented for instruction’ (p. 8). PCK requires pre-service teachers to consider the
make the learning experience meaningful. Park and Chen (2012) confirm that the
quality of PCK is dependent on the development of, and coherence between, the
components (listed below), as well as their individual applications. Hence, PCK offers
pre-service teachers a ‘heuristic device…to gain insight into the complex nature of
concept to include a pentagon model for describing PCK. Park and Chen (2012)
representations (KISR) and knowledge of assessment of learning (KAs) (Park & Chen,
2012). Park and Chen‘s study was designed to show how the five components
integrated in the teaching episodes of four teachers teaching the same subject and topic
and using the same texts and materials. They found that integration of the components
were idiosyncratic and topic specific; KSU and KISR were the strongest connections
and KC and KA were the least connected components. However, KA was more often
linked to KSU and KISR. Additionally, when a didactic approach was taken (OT),
connections to the other components were inhibited. The study concluded that the
quality of PCK depends on the coherence between components. The pentagon maps
produced by this study have the potential to help pre-service teachers identify how they
orchestrate teaching and learning in their students, and how this can be different based
on their content knowledge and knowledge of students. The components could be used
Aydeniz and Kiebulut (2014) designed a praxis tool for measuring pre-service
discussion about their responses. While the completion of the PCK praxis revealed the
pre-service teachers had an underdeveloped PCK for the topic under investigation, the
group discussion was considered more valuable. Group discussion of responses helped
language and a deeper awareness of the elements of reform in science teaching, which
highlighted their limited understanding of reform practices. While the praxis heightened
awareness of aspects and the nature of the content knowledge, instruction and
deconstruction of practice, pre-service teachers can come to know how the components
He, Levin, and Li (2011) studied the pedagogical beliefs of 106 Chinese and
American pre-service teachers, and found that pre-service teachers attributed their
beliefs to their own school experiences. This finding was consistent with one of three
pre-service teachers in a study conducted by Cheng et al. (2014). However, Cheng et al.
also found that pre-service teachers could have strong pedagogical understandings
during their pre-service teacher education experience. They attributed the difference
between the two pre-service teachers to their abilities to enact their own convictions,
learning process as a three out of five, meaning they felt entirely sufficient in terms of
their preparation for teaching. This is surprising, considering the complexity of the task.
LEARNING TO TEACH 61
However, this could be the effect of practicum experiences and influences from their
understanding of pedagogy and how these views might differ, depth of understanding
and source of information, and strategies taken into consideration when planning for
learning.
domains are believed to be developmental and unique to specific ages or phases in child
development (Piaget, 1963). There is debate over the degree to which maturation,
teachers need to take into account the prior knowledge, understanding and skills that
teaching skills is related to concerns for and about their students (Fuller, 1969;
Tochterman, 2001). Fuller identified four stages of concern. The first phase—non-
concern—was the time between first contact with students in classrooms and experience
on the job. In this phase, pre-service teachers ‘identify realistically with the pupils but
only in fantasy with teachers’ (Burden, 1990, p. 314). The pre-service teachers seemed
oblivious to and disengaged from the specifics of teaching. Concerns offered were
vague, and related to anticipation and apprehension. In the second phase—survival and
the class, subject matter knowledge and supervisor evaluation. The third phase—
performance and the frustrations, limitations and demands of teaching. In the final
62 LEARNING TO TEACH
related to the bigger picture of educational issues and the social and emotional effects
on students.
Ward and McCotter (2004) claim that pre-service teachers move from teacher-
centred (self) to student-centred, and then to holistic views of classrooms and the effects
on student learning. Similarly, the study by Eilam and Poyas (2009) described student-
integrating the teachers’ awareness of and ability to discuss strategies and their effect on
student learning.
postgraduate teaching degree. They were asked to describe what happened in each
phase of their lesson, and to evaluate each phase. The results revealed that pre-service
teachers’ justifications were predominantly related to the need for students to achieve
outcomes and decisions about achieving outcomes. In terms of the need for students to
achieve outcomes, pre-service teachers reported three types. The first related to
students’ progress. The second dealt with changing or maintaining the students’
making represented seven major areas. Student-related responses had the largest
teachers making decisions about students’ prior knowledge, existing and acquired
In light of these findings, Burn et al. (2003) challenged the stages theory of
Fuller and Bown (1975) and Kagan (1992). They alleged that students’ needs featured
predominantly in pre-service teachers’ thinking and planning in the earliest phase, and
were very conscious of the complexity of teaching. Students’ progress featured strongly
in learning outcomes, and student factors were the most influential on pre-service
In their study, Kildan et al. (2013) found that pre-service teachers felt most
adequate in recognising students. This is most likely attributed to prior experiences and
enjoyment working with young people, as identified through personal aspects and
Hence, the knowledge of learners is likely to change during the teacher education
period.
understand pre-service teachers’ beliefs about students from minority groups, and
whether pre-service teachers’ beliefs and confidence changed and what caused the they
change.
directly to the stakeholders to whom pre-service teachers were responsible. That is, their
learning communities. It recognised the need for teachers to build positive professional
64 LEARNING TO TEACH
relationships with their stakeholders. This involved effective communication skills such
classroom climate that encouraged a sense of belonging for the students and
encouragement to reach their potential (Maloney & Barblett, 2003). The previous
students.
Pre-service teachers’ views about parents were found to centre around the
quality of relationships with parents, meeting students’ basic needs and the role of
pre-service teachers believed that the quality of the teacher/parent relationship would be
challenging, and were anxious about conflict and criticism. Pre-service teachers were
also worried about having to meet the basic needs of students in ways that respect
parents’ rights and confines. Pre-service teachers were also found to be quick to pass
classrooms was generally to assist the teacher. Baum and McMurray claimed that this
role, as a helper, needed to be extended to include benefits for their students and
parents.
supervising teachers as the major source of conflict, and that this conflict was more
style and pre-service teacher’s developmental level (Glickman & Bey, 1990). Glickman
and Bey stated that pre-service teachers’ key issue with supervising teachers was
to teaching skills. A number of studies reported that pre-service teachers were helped
and learnt more from supervising teachers than university supervisors (Allen, 2009;
LEARNING TO TEACH 65
Grootenhoer, 2006). Guyton and McIntyre (1990) proposed that pre-service teachers
valued being given opportunities to develop self-concepts and experiment during their
practical experiences.
switchers’ experiences of learning to teach found that pre-service teachers held different
roles from their mentors. Pre-service teachers saw their mentors as having a direct
teaching role—that is, giving pre-service teachers hints and advice when they saw
‘gaps’ in their knowledge about teaching. Some pre-service teachers saw the mentor’s
role as guiding teaching, in which mentors built on the prior experiences of the pre-
mentors was to counsel learning by supporting the pre-service teacher as they reflected
on their lessons, and grow from the experience of reflection. A final role of the mentor
was to facilitate learning by being on equal terms with the pre-service teacher, creating
and between fellow pre-service teachers could enhance or inhibit learning (Capraro et
al., 2010). Faculty and schools acted as cultural groups, where members learnt to act
and talk together in socially acceptable ways. Dinsmore and Wenger (2006) referred to
variety of prior knowledge, peer interaction and faculty support, which worked for or
(Tinto, 1993). There was a basic need to achieve, belong and feel significant. Positive
relationships meant pre-service teachers spent more time studying together and learning
from each other. Further benefits of positive relationships included the formation of
66 LEARNING TO TEACH
supportive peer groups and pre-service teachers became more actively involved in
cooperative learning, and as a consequence of the increased time spent learning they
learnt more (Koeppen, Huey, & Connor, 2000; Tinto, 1998). In essence, the teacher
educators were largely responsible for the development of such learning communities
the important factors that contributed to their learning. Data analysis revealed clear
positive and negative relationships between peers within the cohort group. The positive
minimum of four classes per semester, known as cohorts. Pre-service teachers reported
getting to know each other very well, both socially and academically. Other areas
cooperatively, getting to know each other’s strengths, learning with and from one
another towards a common goal; and a sense of trust and reliance on others for
feedback. Peer relationships that inhibited learning were cited as peer isolation of
members (i.e. cliques) and frustration when members did not ‘pull their weight’, meet
scheduled demands or contribute to the group. Dinsmore and Wenger concluded that
teachers in their study felt most confident about their ability to sustain positive
relationships with parents, family and school. Hence, professional relationships between
pre-service teachers, fellow classmates and teacher educators are likely to change over
the course of the four years as a consequence of becoming more familiar with one
another and being part of a cohort group. The nature of relationships at university, their
effect and how they change will be important to my study. While practicum experiences
LEARNING TO TEACH 67
are more varied, the role of the mentor teacher is likely to be regarded as very important
to the pre-service teachers, either having teaching and learning beliefs that align or
being given some freedom to trial teaching practices and develop a teaching identity.
Thus, my study was interested in how pre-service teachers’ relationships with all
stakeholders were developed, and what factors enhanced or inhibited the relationships.
Pre-service teachers will also be asked about their level of confidence in professional
Assessments are used to inform teaching so that students achieve meaningful and
relevant outcomes (DET, 2004; NPQTL, 1996). Assessment and monitoring indicators
included teachers’ knowledge of a variety of assessment tools and tasks, being able to
critically and constructively evaluate tests and tasks for appropriateness to students and
making consistent and comparable judgements and interpretations and the provision of
appropriate but varied feedback to students, parents, schools and systems (NPQTL,
1996; AITSL, 2011). Assessment and monitoring also involved planning and
While this review identified the need for pre-service teachers to understand
intervention programs, there was scant empirical research on how these skills developed
(Grainger & Adie, 2014). The cited studies presented information on pre-service
and desired outcomes; reliability and validity; and accountability for success or failure
(Alonzo & Whittaker, 2007; Campbell & Evans, 2000; Graham, 2005; Wallace, 1996).
68 LEARNING TO TEACH
With assessment and monitoring receiving greater political and public attention,
teachers are increasingly required to show accountability for student learning, in the
form of national testing and advertised school results. Graham (2005) affirms that
teachers need to be able to ‘speak with authority and knowledge about what such tests
cannot assess’ (p. 619), hence teachers need to know and understand achievement data
and how to ‘make that evidence visible to students, parents and administrators’ (p. 619).
Grainger and Adie (2014) conducted a pilot study to investigate Australian pre-
service teachers’ ongoing peer assessment and social moderation process, in a dedicated
course on assessment. Ninety-six pre-service teachers took part in lectures as they learnt
about moderation in the first four weeks (described as extensive preparation about types
moderation and participated in extensive discussion about what was effective or not.
balance judgement using criteria. This was followed by moderation sessions for four
weeks, in which pre-service teachers took active roles in assessing each group’s
presentations. Groups presented their topic on assessment then left the room while the
used a criteria sheet to award marks, and also had to provide justification to the tutor. A
survey was administered at the end of their course to ascertain the success of the
programme. Grainger and Adie concluded that while the pre-service teachers perceived
the process to be valuable and their knowledge about assessment and moderation had
improved, they were seldom able to come to a consensus, and some pre-service teachers
immersion in a single unit on assessment was not sufficient for pre-service teachers to
feel confident.
LEARNING TO TEACH 69
interviewed about their initial understandings of assessment. She found that pre-service
limited to tests (multiple choice and short answer) and marks or grades that effectively
ranked students. These practices were based on their experiences as a student, and
despite these practices (recall and memorisation) being deemed unhelpful, they did not
question their application. She also found that pre-service teachers failed to write
meaningful goals, and were generally unable to explicitly link curriculum goals,
instruction and student achievement (Graham, 2005). However, Graham was able to
teaching at the campus level, and enactment of those theories and practices in a
mentored teaching practice. The explicit teaching came in the form of identifying initial
debate about the new assessments and the need to provide evidence of student learning.
The theoretical grounding meant that the pre-service teachers had to have conversations
with their mentor teacher about enacting theory into practice, a powerful influence.
their understanding of assessment that met the National Board for Professional
Teaching Standards (NBPTS, 1996). While there were some unresolved and ongoing
issues relating to assessment (goals, rubrics, fairness, grading, validity and time),
Graham reported that unless this type of joint instruction occurs, pre-service teachers
Campbell and Evans’ (2000) study involved 306 lesson plans from 65 pre-
service teachers who had completed their practicum programme and a mandatory
70 LEARNING TO TEACH
educational measurement unit. They used a rubric or checklist to ensure that the
researchers’ analyses of the lesson plans were uniform. The criteria included a plan for
assessment, the method of assessment, learning goals, the degree of match between
goals and type of assessment chosen and the inclusion of a rubric. Their study found
that none of the lesson plans met all the rubric criteria. The pre-service teachers tended
to use a combination of paper and pencil and observation, observation only and
performance (observable completion of task). Most noticeably, there was no direct link
between goals and assessment type. The pre-service teachers failed to write observable
and validity was found to be absent and somewhat disposable, considering they had
recently completed training and practice on the reliability and validity of assessment
tasks. Campbell and Evans concluded that factors influencing pre-service teachers’
assessment choices are difficult to identify, and likely caused by the complex
environment of practicum and apparent limited transfer of theory to practice from the
assessment, and found that assessment beliefs comprised four dimensions: effects of
In between these poles were mixed pedagogical and societal functions, and more of the
teachers in their study presented as mixed, with 44 per cent of teachers conceiving of
assessment as mixed societal. This confers that there were stronger beliefs for
assessment of learning than assessment for learning. Additionally, the primary school
LEARNING TO TEACH 71
conceptions of assessment functions are related to education systems, and are often
and in learning.
In the study by Kildan et al. (2013) assessment and evaluation were described as
monitoring and evaluation. Pre-service teachers in this study ranked their preparation to
monitoring and evaluation as their least competent dimension. The implications for this
study are to ascertain what pre-service teachers understand about the functions of
assessment and evaluation, and when, where and what they learnt about planning,
administration and analysis of assessment and monitoring and their perceived level of
insights into the both the negative and positive contextual attributes of the campus-
based programs. My study is interested in the extent to which the pre-service teachers
describe as having an influence on learning to teach and the degree to which these are
2003) and code of conduct or ethics (Forster, 2012). E. Campbell (1997) alleged that
declining moral standards in society had found their way into schools, which had
become ‘values-neutral’ (p. 255), in turn filtering down to teacher education courses.
She described professional ethics as the moral and ethical complexities of the teacher’s
role, and the ethical decisions and actions they must make as they go about their work.
students, and as such, Campbell argues that they must be retained and elevated in
teacher education and practice. Boon (2011) further endorsed this view, contending that
because ‘education aims to change people in particular ways and uses methods which
ethical issues are central’ (p 79). Further support for the teaching of ethics in pre-service
teacher education has recently been included in the National Framework for Values
Education in Australian Schools, and pre-service teachers are required to teach values
and morals (ACARA, 2013; Australia, 2005). Additionally, an ethics curriculum will
also assist pre-service teachers in reflecting on their own beliefs and practices as they
Joseph (2010) conceptualised the moral nature of teaching when she taught a
teacher education unit entitled ‘The Moral Classroom’. She sought to develop pre-
service and in-service teachers’ understanding and preparedness to deal with the ethical
dimensions of their work. This involved moral imagination, which effectively allowed
people to think creatively and evaluate realistic teaching scenarios. Thus, Joseph
described five elements of moral imagination that she believed highlight the nature of
teachers’ work and their practice. The five elements were described as perception,
rationality, reflection, emotion and caring for self. Perception was described as ‘the
ability to be sensitive to others’ (p. 17) and being able to see a student as an individual.
and problems at stake’ (p. 17). Reflection was the critical appraisal of our own
worldviews, and how these might be similar or different to others’. Emotion was the
fourth element, relating to how we connect with others and want to nurture or advocate
for them. Finally, care for self describes self-fulfilment, satisfaction with the state of
play and hope. Joseph concluded that moral imagination ‘encourage[s] teachers to
articulate issues stemming from their own concerns as practitioners and as individuals
LEARNING TO TEACH 73
to perceive the moral possibilities of their work, the ambiguities in their interactions
with children and adolescents and their own uncertainties as human beings’ (p. 18).
major finding of Boon’s study was the lack of overt ethics intervention in the education
course, which meant that pre-service teachers were less prepared to teach ethics and
behaviour. Hence, pre-service teachers who were not taught ethical understandings and
had not critically challenged their own understandings, bias or discrimination were
more likely to conform with practices espoused by others rather than challenge. In terms
of pre-service teachers’ understanding of ethics, Boon found they had simple and
practical views that ethics were an ethos, to do with professional standards and based on
religious values. Boon concluded that ethics needed to be taught more overtly,
Another study involved 136 pre-service teachers in their final year at a regional
university (Chapman, Forster, & Buchanan, 2013). The pre-service teachers had
completed their final professional practice and an ethics course. The data was collected
The discussions consisted of an ‘inner’ and ‘outer’ circle. The inner circle discussed a
hypothetical school dilemma, while the outer circle observed, asked questions and
commented on the discussion points. Data analysis of the transcribed discussions took
place using the same five categories from the study by Joseph (2010). Chapman et al.
found that perceptions were used most frequently, followed by rationality and
74 LEARNING TO TEACH
reflection, with caring for self and emotion used least. However, the most interesting
aspect of their study was the tendency of pre-service teachers to try to solve the
hypothetical dilemma before they considered any ethical considerations. Two other
interesting patterns emerged that did not fit Joseph’s five categories. One involved the
power dynamics between mentor teachers and pre-service teachers, whereby the pre-
service teacher was not able to address an issue they found uncomfortable because of a
perceived effect on their marks. A second pattern was the group process, where pre-
service teachers noted points made by others in critical and reflective ways. Chapman et
al. concluded that moral imagination was a useful framework for examining ethical
tensions resulting from pre-service teachers’ internships, and a valid way of introducing
personal and professional values and professional development. In their study, pre-
service teachers felt most competent about this dimension. Hence, the significance of
ethics to my study is the need to identify what pre-service teachers understand about
their ethical perceptions of others, the degree to which they can rationalise problems,
reflect, and advocate for themselves, their students and others. Additionally, pre-service
This review identified the professional aspects associated with teaching, and the
knowledge, skills and beliefs that constitute the dimensions of teaching. Six dimensions
common and manageable language for talking about what was learnt, and how these
LEARNING TO TEACH 75
dimensions had or had not been developed during the pre-service teacher education
period.
The common description of teachers’ work discussed above will help pre-
service teachers identify and describe what and how they developed their teaching skills
and knowledge. The descriptions of the dimensions were also used to design the self-
Van Huizen, van Oers & Wubbels (2006) described the recent reforms to teacher
education as having three explicit theoretical paradigms. They claimed that the reforms
orientation to teaching (the personal side of teaching) and reflection and inquiry-based
paradigms (teacher researcher and reflective practitioner). However, these have had a
limited effect, and represent quite different and even conflicting paradigms. Van Huizen
et al. argued that Vygotsky’s socio-cultural theory offers a more comprehensive model
that integrates the valuable elements of the three paradigms. In this section I will
explain why and how the socio-cultural theory underpins my investigation into pre-
knowledge (Eun, 2010; John-Steiner & Mahn, 1996; van Huizen, van Oers, & Wubbels,
development and genetic analysis (John-Steiner & Mahn, 1996; Vygotsky, 1978).
First, social sources of human development describe the interactions between the
expert and the novice that guide and scaffold the learning experience. Vygotsky’s well-
known ‘genetic law of development’ implied that pre-service teachers come to the
76 LEARNING TO TEACH
learning to teach context with personal, cultural and cognitive histories that will
influence their approach to learning to teach and what they take from their experiences.
These background experiences will contribute to social interactions about the theories
and topics of teaching with their lecturers and other pre-service teachers. Thus, a social
level of learning appears first, whereby the learner (pre-service teacher) is more
level of interpretation, in which the pre-service teacher calls on their own background
observations and other sources of information to make sense of the learning experience
and internalised it to form their understanding. Vygotsky (1978) claimed that the learner
visits a social (intermental) plane of functioning, which gives way to the individual
mediating between the external and internal, the social and the individual. The tools can
mind mapping, problem solving, symbolising, classifying and categorising. These tools
may be socially situated and are very important in making the transformation towards
Other themes relevant to the social source and semiotic mediation principles in
Spontaneous, everyday concepts and language represent the learner’s prior knowledge
and often concrete experiences with concepts and the natural language they might use to
language is introduced by the primary knower, and involves questioning that leads the
learner to make the conclusion. Davydov (1972, cited in Renshaw (1992) provides an
example of how a child may understand that one object is heavier than another, but what
does heavy mean? The primary knower needs to develop the concept further, by asking
the learner what heavy means, leading to an understanding of more or less weight,
which may be further conceptualised by symbols such as ‘<’ and ‘>’. Vygotsky’s theory
relies heavily on dialogic (language) interactions between the learner and primary
learners’ head.
Vygotsky, involves genetic analysis. Genetic analysis describes the process of change
and the transformation process of combining seemingly separate constructs (ideas) into
new combinations. John-Steiner and Mahn (1996) describe genetic analysis as using
interrelationships between external devices, psychological tools, the individual and the
Socio-cultural theory attempts to unify rather than separate the individual and
social through dialectal relationships. Further, the socio-cultural approach asserts that
participants are ‘both shaped by and shaping their living conditions’ (p. 271). Hence,
van Huizen et al. argued that activity is a fundamental concept that functions as both a
system involves knowledge of the professional functions and tasks, but also having a
personal sense of why that extends into a personality enabling them to make deliberate
78 LEARNING TO TEACH
decisions about their course of action. Finally, participation involves emotion which,
influenced by both the historical and cultural background of the learner and their social,
emotional and cognitive interaction with the environment in which they learn (van
Huizen et al., 2006; Vogel, Davidson, Shroff, & Qureshi, 2001). Hence, the socio-
cultural theory offers a relevant and useful lens through which to examine learning to
teach in the current study, because it sought to understand the players (pre-service
teachers, and the lecturers and mentor teachers, indirectly), the landscapes (schools and
university contexts) and the tools for learning (teaching knowledge and skills). These
were not considered separate but rather interacting, integrated and influencing each
other.
The conceptual framework is based on the review of the literature and the socio-
cultural perspectives which identify universal questions concerned with the personal
learner (who), the context (where and when) and the nature of learning the professional
tasks of teaching (what and how). The extent to which these aspects appear and interact
for the seven pre-service teachers is the essence of my study. The research on personal
dispositions and self-efficacy (also involved in the professional aspects) (Drudy, 2013;
Ingvarson et al., 2004; Sheridan, 2013; Tigchelaar et al., 2014; Walker et al., 2011;
Zammit et al., 2007). The research on contextual aspects identified where and when pre-
service teachers learn to teach, and how the conditions present effected learning to teach
evaluation and professional ethical practices (AITSL, 2011; Maloney & Barblett, 2003)
Personal Contextual
aspects aspects
Demographics Settings
Epistemological Interactions
beliefs Communities
Dispositions of learners
Self-efficacy
Professional
aspects
identified many aspects of learning to teach that remained unclear, and the results were
often contradictory. Wideen et al., concluded that learning to teach was complex and
‘only when all players and landscapes that comprise the learning to teach environment
are considered in concert will we gain a full appreciation of the inseparable web of
the seven pre-service teachers by looking at who was learning, and when, where, how
and what they were learning. I conceptualised these as the personal, contextual and
teach from a socio-cultural perspective, including both the ‘players and landscapes’.
Figure 1 above reflects the aspects at play as pre-service teachers learn to teach. My
study aimed to investigate the extent to which the initial learning to teach experience
Chapter 3: Methodology
As indicated in the earlier chapter, the original impetus for my study came from
impact of their initial university preparation course for teaching. From these negative
responses and my own response upon graduation some 25 years earlier, I felt somewhat
curious about what happened during those initial learning to teach experiences and what
skills and knowledge remained the same or changed and why? As a lecturer in teacher
teachers to experience and develop and that these outcomes were based on rigorous
research and evidence-based practice, but what did the pre-service teachers actually
learn during this time. Hence, I sought to investigate learning to teach by asking pre-
service teachers, who were attending an Australian regional campus and were nearing
3.1 Design
According to Punch (2009), research design is the overall plan for the research
and it is influenced by what you are trying to find out or the research question(s). My
research questions explored the universal questions about: who was learning; what were
they learning; when, where and how were they learning. Hence, in my study the who
question involved the personal aspects of the pre-service teachers as learners. The what
question involved the professional knowledge and skills that they were learning and the
where, when and how question involved the contexts for learning. The overall research
plan was to interview pre-service teachers about their learning to teach experiences and
as such, I was situating myself in the empirical world of qualitative data collection. My
2. To what extent and in what ways did the pre-service teachers attribute
describing their overall plan or design. Researchers need to consider: the strategy
(method or approach); the conceptual framework; from whom the data will be collected
(sample); and finally, how will the data be collected. Punch claims the four ideas serve
‘to situate the researcher in the empirical world and connects the research question to
learning to teach in natural settings by asking those participating in the experience, the
pre-service teachers. Kervin, Vialle, Herrington, and Okley (2006) claimed that
primary data gathering instrument. The conceptual framework that evolved from the
literature review asked universal questions about who was learning to teach, where,
when, how and what was learnt. These universal questions also identified the structure
for interviewing the participants in order to develop multiple cases studies analysis.
Bogdan and Bilkan (2007) analogise the qualitative researcher as ‘the loosely
scheduled traveller’ (p.54) who has a general plan about how they will proceed, but the
plan evolves as they learn about the participants, their settings and other sources of data
through direct examination. They advocate for a retrospective account of the plan or
design in order that the researcher remain open to new ideas and concepts. Kervin et al.
(2006) also claimed the design in qualitative research evolves during the study and it is
aims to generate rather than test theory. Learning to teach is thought to be complex,
dynamic and idiosyncratic, and as such, there are multiple viewpoints to be considered
LEARNING TO TEACH 83
focussing on the meanings that the experience had for seven pre-service teachers who
analysis; interviews and focus groups; and recording and transcribing natural
researcher to observe roles, responses, interactions and influences from all participants
observations are audio visually recorded. A second disadvantage is the time factor.
time which would limit the number of participants or sources of data within the study
timeframe. Alternatively, increasing the number of participants would mean less time
with each participants which may have resulted in ‘thinner’ data. For these reasons
Document analysis involves the use of ‘texts’ that have been recorded or
produced without intervention from the researcher. Punch (2009) described a number of
ways of classifying texts which range from: source (public, media, private and artistic);
occurring, accessible data which have real effects in the world’ (p.195). He suggested
researchers should treat documents, not as critical analysis, but rather representations of
knowledge and skills that show the effect of an experience and how the texts represent
reality. According to Silverman, texts can be analyzed for content, narrative structure,
Another important use of documents or texts is their ability to triangulate with other
data collections methods. However, Punch (2009) cautioned that texts need to be
scrutinized from more than several angles related to how the documents came into
existence in the first place. Hence, my study considered the use of documents, such as
evidence and support for describing the pre-service teachers’ learning to teach
experiences.
Interviews are another form of qualitative data collection that can offer a rich
source of data about how people interpret their experiences. Silverman (2006) proposed
ended interview; and the focus group interview. Most common to qualitative research is
the semi-structured, open-ended interviews which are usually conducted on a one-to one
basis or in focus group interviews. All four types of interviews are active and
group’s attitudes and values, which are not obvious in observations or structured
questionnaires/interviews. They also allow the interviewer to: clarify; make genuine and
authentic questions based on the interaction; take opportunities to delve much deeper
into the interviewee’s perspective; and how they came to hold those views. Another
advantage is that the interviewee has the opportunity to shape the content of the
interview (Bogdan &Biklen, 2007). More specific to my study was the heuristic motive
LEARNING TO TEACH 85
to explore and hear the voices of pre-service teachers, who Allen and Wright (2014)
found had been overlooked in past research. Hence, the qualitative data collection
method of interviewing appears to be the methodology best suited the research purpose.
One disadvantage of interviews is the formality and unnatural nature of the dialogue,
my case I knew the participants quite well and the interviews were more like a
qualitative data collection methods of document analysis; interviews; and recording and
transcribing of natural interactions pointed to the potential for multiple case studies. Yin
(2003) recommends case studies as the preferred research approach when posing who,
what, where, how or why questions; when the phenomenon involves ‘real’ life
contemporary contexts; and when the events or behaviours are not being manipulated.
These conditions matched the aim of my study. Neuman (2011) described case study
research as having ‘a detailed focus but tells a larger story’ (p. 42). The multiple case
study methodology was chosen because it offers ‘rich’ data and has several advantages
in telling the story of the individual participants (micro-level) and its relationship to the
the literature review found learning to teach to be quite complex, dynamic and
idiosyncratic is makes sense to have more than one case study because a single case
study would be too narrow a view and I was not aiming to critically test an existing
theory, a rare case or phenomena that had been inaccessible to scientific investigation
(Yin, 1994). My aim was to investigate the similarities and differences between the
Neuman (2011) contended that case studies have a number of advantages. First,
they attempt to understand the perspectives of the actual participants and their personal
86 LEARNING TO TEACH
and unique story about the experience under investigation. My study, through the
literature review, recognised that the experience of learning to teach was considered
perspectives from which participants tell their unique, individual stories. Thus, seven
pre-service teachers’ experiences of learning to teach are at the centre of this inquiry.
trace processes’ (Neuman, 2011, p. 42). In case study methodology, the researcher is
constantly revisiting and reorganising the data in order to capture the unique and
common experiences. In this regard, my data analysis was not forced into a pre-
each pre-service teacher’s journey from pre-university to near completion of their initial
how they have learnt to teach. My aim was to discover more about the learning to teach
process from the people who have just experienced the process.
Case study approaches are often criticised for potential bias on behalf of the
researcher’s opinions and prejudices, lack of generalizability, and for being time
consuming and lengthy (Yin, 2003). In my study, researcher’s bias was controlled in
several ways. First, the interview method allowed questions to be repeated, answers to
be clarified, repeated/rephrased, and the ability for the interviewer to press for further
information. Second, being aware of my own bias in terms of the impact of the
or memo writing how quotations were coded. This monitoring was done in the cross-
case analysis using a matrix. I also controlled bias by actively seeking evidence that was
participants were able to read my construction of their original detailed case study,
LEARNING TO TEACH 87
containing most of their quotations, and participants were encouraged to edit and delete
information that did not represent their view. I was not looking for generalizability, but
Transcribing and the completion of the first full case studies were time consuming and
lengthy, but the data were rich and individual’s views were repeatedly affirmed
throughout the three interviews and in their self-chosen artefacts, further confirming and
be evidenced-based and composed in an engaging manner. The cases in this study were
significant in their uniqueness for describing the learning to teach experience from the
perspective of the pre-service teacher and with the current attention from media and
local Australian government about teacher education. The three interviews allowed for
data from the first two interviews to be clarified, revisited and revised if participants
‘felt different’ about the question or topic. Additionally, the participants were presented
with ‘their story’ to confirm and edit at the conclusion of the interviews. All case
studies were included because they all tell a slightly different story with different
emphases at various stages of the participant’s journey. The cases are significant
because they contribute a different narrative and reflection on learning to teach from the
perspective of the pre-service teacher, which Allen and Wright (2014) argue have been
The cases in this study were complete in their ability to tell the chronology from
pre-university to the final year of their initial teacher education. This completeness
acknowledged the influences of personal experiences, prior beliefs about learning and
teaching and current influences from university and school contexts, and acknowledging
professional learning and skills that remained static or changed. The extent of
88 LEARNING TO TEACH
teaching.
they also completed a self-efficacy rating of their professional strengths and needs
including readiness to teach which were notably idiosyncratic. The cases were
evidence-based as they used verbal, written transcripts and the pre-service teachers had
the opportunity to edit their full case study. The transcribed quotations in the case
studies also provide evidence to support my interpretations. The case studies also
transcripts, lesson plans and learning tools such as matrixes. These artefacts were not
created as a result of the case study rather they were self-selected by the participants to
share as evidence of their understanding about teaching and supported their dialogic
statements. The case studies were composed in an engaging manner by many edits and
reworking in order to utilize the rich data base whilst maintaining the integrity of the
individual pre-service teachers’ own stories of becoming a teacher reflecting the highs
and lows.
3.2 Sample
report about learning to teach in their final year of the Bachelor of Education degree.
who was learning to teach, what, where, when and how did they learn to teach. I sought
this information directly from those who have recently experienced the phenomena. My
study used theoretical or purposive sampling, as it sought only fourth (final) year
research because sampling occurs as a deliberate way with the focus of the study in
mind. It relates directly to the purpose and research question guiding the inquiry.
parameters of the population under investigation and he advises using a typology that
considers the likely options that fit the question. Thus, the typology of the pre-service
Fourth year pre-service teachers were chosen because they were close to
completing their four year Bachelor of Education degree and as such they had the most
recent and total experience of, and exposure to, both the coursework and practicum
experiences from the initial learning to teach experience. Hence, these pre-service
teachers were most likely to be able to report on their formal experience of learning to
teach. My study was not seeking replication or ‘typicality’ but rather open to finding
The sample was also self–selected because I called for volunteers from a cohort
of fourth year pre-service teachers. Ideally, the sample should reflect a range of
socioeconomic backgrounds, however the literature reports that typically and currently
pre-service teachers are aged between 19 and 30, female, white Anglo-Celtic and lower-
my sample, three pre-service teachers were single and under 25 years of age. The
remaining pre-service teachers were married with children and two of these pre-service
teachers were in the 31-35 years of age, and two were in the 36-40 age group. There
approached, none were forthcoming. The male representation in the cohort year was less
than 20 per cent. All pre-service teachers were of Australian/New Zealand decent. Six
of the seven pre-service teachers had completed 12 years of schooling and the seventh
90 LEARNING TO TEACH
pre-service teacher had completed 10 years of schooling and entered university via the
University Preparation Course (UPC). Three pre-service teachers were from lower
middle class families (parents in trades and retail/domestic work) and four were from
summer school unit and one in a semester one unit. The sample comprised of nine pre-
service teachers: however, only seven completed all three interviews. Thus, only data
from the seven cases were used. Ary, Jacobs, Razavieh and Sorenson (2006) claimed
there is no general rule for sample size in qualitative research, however they caution
researchers about data saturation and repetition which would indicate the need for more
or less participants.
With the intention of gathering rich and elaborate data, my study used surveys,
interviews, academic transcripts and artefacts provided by the pre-service teachers. The
survey was self-administered and returned to me prior to the interviews. The survey
questions were not analysed statistically, but rather were used as a guide for the semi-
structured questions during the interviews. Additionally, the sample size was not large
identified according to interview number (T1=interview one) and time within interview
(02.30=two minutes and 30 seconds). Hence, [T1:02.30] identifies the full quotation
within the verbatim transcripts, and where the comment is located in the digital audio
recording. This allowed for frequent checking, revision and cross referencing.
The decision to conduct a survey prior to interviews was strategic. First, the
survey was based on the ‘implications for research’ sections of the literature review.
LEARNING TO TEACH 91
Second, giving the participants the survey to self-administer in their own time was a
form of rehearsal, in that they had more time to think about their responses, prior to
elaborating. Third, the survey allowed for a large amount of information to be captured
that did not need elaboration; for example, data on demographics and dispositions. I
could, therefore, use the interview time to probe the less finite data. Fourth, the survey
acted as a checklist, ensuring detail and depth. Finally, the survey acted as an additional
Part one of the survey targeted demographic details identified in the literature
review. Most questions about demographics had finite and predictive responses and as
such were multiple choice questions. Questions about ethnicity, parents’ occupations,
types of recreation, employment, highest education awarded and academic strengths and
challenges were less finite, and thus a short answer space or ‘other’ response was made
available.
Part two of the survey elicited participants’ epistemological beliefs about the
nature of knowledge and ways of knowing. This section of the survey was based on
questionnaires developed by Schommer (1990) and Jacobson, Jehng and Maouri (1996).
reduced the number of survey items by random selection of five of the ten items per
of the five items was to register topics (constructs) for discussion in the interviews.
(Appendix I, Part 2a lists the statements used for each construct and their reference).
randomly in both negative and positive views, to enable respondents to read for content
and not favour a particular side or position. Hence, the statements were not organised
under their constructs but rather randomly listed (Appendix I, Part 2b). Pre-service
teachers were required to rate their responses according to a seven point Likert scale
92 LEARNING TO TEACH
(Ary, et al. 2006). To indicate an overall level of epistemological beliefs, I scored the
pre-service teachers’ responses from one to seven. Similarly to Schommer (1990) and
Jacobson, Jehng and Maouri (1996), the one to seven rating scale was arranged along a
were terms used in the literature. Thus a score of one was interpreted as having a naive
and transmission approach to learning and a score of seven was consider a more
Where items were written in the negative, these items were reverse scored. Pre-service
teachers’ responses were totalled. Table 3.1 presents the potential numerical range of
scores for epistemological beliefs and their degree of sophistication as reported in the
literature.
Table 3.1
Part three of the survey dealt with dispositions. It had short answer questions
related to the participants’ attraction to teaching. Again, the items were based on
dimensions (Part 4). The six dimensions emerged from a comparison of teacher
maths and English teachers from 2008. The professional aspects of teaching included
Zammit et al., 2007). These dimensions were used to indicate self-efficacy for teaching.
Pre-service teachers rated themselves according to a seven point scale, from one (not at
3.3.2 Interviews.
I conducted interviews because they are an effective way of gathering rich and
detailed data, and to engage participants in telling their stories (Ary, Jacobs, Razavieh,
& Sorenson, 2006; Denzin & Lincoln, 2001). However, Ary et al., (2006) warned that
interviews were dependent on the participants’ ability to articulate and reflect on their
experiences. Some participants are more perceptive or reflective than others, however
the survey and semi structured interviews assisted in seeking elaborations about
participants’ experiences.
regional campus. The duration of the interviews ranged from 30 to 60 minutes, with a
gap of approximately two weeks between each set of interviews. The survey data were
used as a guide for areas that needed elaboration and clarification. In particular, further
clarification and elaboration were sought from statements that the pre-service teacher
held strong views, or where they were undecided. Essentially, the first interview
In between interviews, the digital recordings were transcribed and I noted any
became the 15 minute introduction to the second and third interviews, and was also an
and third interviews, pre-service teachers were asked about the professional and
94 LEARNING TO TEACH
contextual aspects that influenced their learning to teach. The semi-structured interview
questions were given to participants prior to interviews two and three (Appendix II).
The second interview involved discussion of the first two years of university,
and the third interview involved the last two years of study. Pre-service teachers were
elements, both positive and negative. If the pre-service teacher could not remember a
particular unit, I moved on to the next unit in their academic transcript. Additionally,
3.3.3 Artefacts
bring any supporting documentation, and six participants shared their recently
participants chose not to bring any. Others brought lesson plans, study notes or
assignments. Pre-service teachers were asked for their rationales for sharing their
artefacts and photo-copies were obtained for further analysis. Analysis of artefacts took
The analysis of qualitative data is often complex because there are many
nonstandard ways of analysing data and it is often less clear and more abstract than
quantitative research. For this reason, my study selected steps from the research
conducted by Tigchelaar et al. (2014), Chi (2009) and Strauss’ (1987, cited in Neuman
(2011) to arrive at a four step approach to condensing data. Figure 2 represents the
Whilst, this diagram resembles that of grounded theory, I was not using this
methodological approach, but I found the process useful in describing how I reduced the
data. The first step was to read through transcript quotations and package redundant or
LEARNING TO TEACH 95
sentence, or where they said something in a slightly different way. The most dominant
and clear phrase was chosen to represent the similar ideas and these were physically
stapled together. For example, at the beginning of the second and third interviews there
was a period of clarification and revision between myself and the pre-service teacher
about what had been said in interview one and two. This information was more often
earlier interview.
This was followed by open coding, which involved the second pass through the
data and further combining of ideas into similar classification. Neuman (2011) indicated
that themes can come from the conceptual framework, research questions, concepts in
the literature, terminology used by members in the social setting or new thoughts
expressed by the data. In this stage of the data analysis, the conceptual framework
categories of personal, contextual and professional aspects were used to organize the
data. This provided the initial framework for writing up the case studies for presentation
In order to do a systematic cross case analysis data from the case studies, data
were reorganized into a matrix. The horizontal axis represented each participant’s
responses, while the vertical axis represented the elements of the conceptual framework
(personal, conceptual and professional aspects). Miles and Huberman (1994) favour the
matrix as a task to ‘further understand the substance and meaning of your database’ (p.
240). They also propose that the matrix can offer a systematic visual method of
partitioning data.
Whilst constructing the matrix, I began to notice categories of data that appeared
to cluster together in commonality and ranges of difference. This clustering of ideas was
likened to Neuman’s (2011) axial coding in which raw data were arranged around a
96 LEARNING TO TEACH
central axial code described by the researcher. However, sometimes the data could be
ensure data were not ‘lost’ during this process of combining, dividing and reorganizing,
data were transferred to sticky note paper which permitted cross checking in a number
of ways. Firstly, it helped determine which data were important and relevant to the
Raw data
Package redundant
information
Open coding
Axial coding
Selective coding
mechanical approach to coding; staying too descriptive rather than analytical; and
keeping codes fixed and inflexible. The first step is to label the code with a one to three
word description. This is followed by a definition of the main characteristic of the code.
Step three is to devise a ‘flag’ for recognizing the code in the data. The next step is to
describe any qualifications or exclusions. The final step is to give examples from the
LEARNING TO TEACH 97
data. Applying the five steps to my categories stabilized the data and resulted in
The last stage of data reduction was to colour code the sub-categories and return
to the original transcripts in order to check that the sub-categories were represented in
the pre-service teachers’ experience of learning to teach and that important information
had not been inadvertently left out or missed. This data analysis methodology was
similar to Neuman’s selective coding whereby the researcher does a final pass through
the original data (interview transcripts) looking selectively for data that fits or not.
Following this cross check, the categories were renamed as themes and the sub-
Considerations
Credibility relates to the truthfulness of the data and its analysis. Bogdan and
Biklen (2007) proposed that some qualitative researchers are more interested in
36).Thus, the aim of my study was to describe what pre-service teachers report about
learning to teach with the intention of describing the phenomena for others to see if their
settings or subjects are similar. In this study, pre-service teachers volunteered for three
interviews, so it was recognised that the volunteers may have had a greater desire than
the non-volunteers to share their thoughts, or stronger opinions about learning to teach,
than those who did not volunteer. Even if the participants were the stronger and more
said about learning to teach, which included their reflections, perceptions and opinions.
The interviews were based on the pre-service teachers’ recent learning experiences, so it
reflected their personal, contextual and professional aspects at the formative stage. To
ensure the data were credible, I used multiple data collection methods including
98 LEARNING TO TEACH
surveys, interviews, artefacts, and transcripts. Data analysis involved four stages of data
According to Yin (2003), data reliability in qualitative studies such as case study
research is often equated with the notion of dependability. Dependability is the degree
However, in qualitative research the concern lies with the accuracy and
comprehensiveness of the data to report on what actually happens in the real world
(Bogdan & Biklen, 2007). The main purpose of this investigation was to describe the
phenomena of learning to teach through the eyes of the pre-service teachers which may
or may not have applications to other teacher education or adult learning contexts.
collecting data from people, and about people. Researchers have ethical responsibilities
to their participants. Silverman (2006) advocated for ethical safeguards to ensure people
participating; information and comments were kept confidential; and the research was
conducted in mutual trust. Ethical guidelines therefore include informed consent and
service teachers being well informed about the nature of the study, its purpose and
possible dissemination of the research. The nature of what was involved for the
participants was explained and they could ask questions about the study. Participants
were also given a hard copy letter explaining the study (Appendix III). Participation was
voluntary and participants could withdraw at any point. Two pre-service teachers did
exercise the right to withdraw: one because of a change in marital status, and the other
for workload reasons and their incomplete interviews were not used as the participants
did not have a case study to give consent to. Participants were assured that their data
LEARNING TO TEACH 99
any context or family names to protect their identities. Participants signed a form for
consent to be digitally recorded and for their transcripts to be used (Appendix III).
Participants could request not to be digitally recorded. The research presented in this
study was undertaken in accordance with the requirements of the university’s Human
Research Ethics’ Committee (HREC) and the study was deemed to be of low risk for
namely; framing the research question; analysing the data; and data storage (Silverman,
2006). The question of what to research and how was based on a personal need to
understand what pre-service teachers learnt about teaching in their formal learning to
teach experience in order to shed some light on how the experience could be enhanced
or impeded. The decision to provide questions before the interview was deliberate
because I wanted the pre-service teachers to have prior knowledge of the questions and
some personal thinking time without my presence. I was well known to the participants
due to being in a regional campus and the relatively small cohort compared to the
metropolitan campus. Whilst this familiarity may have meant the participants were
more vulnerable to disclose more personal information than if they had not known me,
rather pleasant experience that made them realise how much they had learnt and
Data analysis revealed a range of experiences and all participants’ case studies
were used because of their slightly different experiences. All participants read and
checked their personal case study narrative with very few additions and deletions
requested. Participants were also given an electronic copy of their case study to keep
and I offered to summarise their case study into a reference format if the participants so
100 LEARNING TO TEACH
wished. None of the participants took up this offer, but there were several comments
made about how well I had captured their experiences. At all times, I was respectful of
their recalling of their experience, being careful not to judge whilst at the same time
During data analysis, I kept an audit trial to trace the research process. In
addition, there were many regular opportunities to discuss my decisions with both of my
supervisors. Silverman (2006) advocate for research studies to ‘deal even-handedly with
people whose lives and experiences you describe’ (p. 327). This was more often
achieved by data being placed on sticky note paper during cross case analysis, thus
Data were stored electronically and in a hard copy. The hard copies were in
separate files for each case (numerically identified) and stored in a locked filing cabinet
in a secured office on the university campus. Electronic copies of interviews were stored
on CDs. Data from the CD was transcribed and the transcribed information was stored
on a computer with password security. After confirmation of the study, hard copies of
the data will be shredded and electronic CD will be destroyed in accordance with the
HREC requirements.
sufficiently rich data so that readers can make comparisons and judgements about the
degree to which the researcher’s findings are credible and plausible. I endeavoured to
make the forthcoming case studies rich descriptions from seven individual’s
with the literature. The cross-case analysis is used to draw my conclusions about the
research questions.
LEARNING TO TEACH 101
In carrying out this research, a number of limitations were evident and therefore
the following recommendations are proposed for further research in this area. First, my
study was limited by its participant sample. In particular, the number of pre-service
teachers in the study was small. The regional nature of the study may have limitations in
the form of similar geographical and socioeconomic participants. Given that my study
found that learning to teach was idiosyncratic and its purpose was to identify what pre-
service teachers reported they had learnt about teaching, where, when and how, the
sample represents seven pre-service teachers’ voices. There was also a lack of gender
and ethnic diversity within the sample because all participants were female, white,
monolingual and Anglo-Celtic. There are gender and ethnicity issues associated with
teaching that were recognised in the literature (Baxter Magolda, 1992; Drudy et al.,
2005; Wylie, 2000; Kumar & Hamer,2012; Decastro-Ambrossetti & Cho,2011) and
these are important ‘voices’ to be heard. Future research should look to increase the
sample to include pre-service teachers from a range of gender and ethnic backgrounds.
participants self-selected, which may mean they had more to say about learning to teach
or they felt strongly about their ‘voice’ being heard. Either way, my study aimed to
represented. Future research might consider the extent to which the perspectives found
in my study were similar or different. The main point here is the significance of any
pre-service teacher’s voice contributing to knowledge about who, what, where, when
Third, being in the final years of coursework and nearing completion of their
initial formal learning to teach experience, the pre-service teachers may have been
influenced by feelings of relief and also feeling thankful for their experience. It might
102 LEARNING TO TEACH
be more pertinent for future research to consider more longitudinal studies from the first
year experience with an annual interview about what they learnt or have taken from
Fourth, the pre-service teachers in my study talked about their initial learning to
teach experience and their teaching and learning styles. It would also be beneficial to
observe them in a teaching role, although this would also be influenced by the class,
school and mentor. Enacted teaching would allow researchers to seek rationales for
lesson sequence and decision making as well as spontaneous responses to events within
the lesson.
Finally, ‘feeling’ ready to teach and ‘being’ ready to teach are quite different.
‘Feeling’ ready implies graduates are at ‘saturation’ point in terms of learning about
teaching and the fourth year was seen as the right time to ‘spread their wings’.
However, ‘being’ ready indicates being open-minded about the idealistic and realistic
world of teaching. It may be unrealistic to believe you can be totally prepared for
schools and classrooms because they are by nature ill-defined, dynamic and
idiosyncratic places. For this reason, it would be highly beneficial to follow pre-service
teachers through into the first few years of teaching. Thus, reporting the influence of the
school context on learning to teach and the sustainability of the constructivist and
To make sense of the rich data, the case studies were organised according to a
university, and the personal aspects they brought to teaching. This was followed by
details of their experiences during their studies, and what they remembered as
themselves as teachers, according to what knowledge and skills they believed they had
learnt about teaching and their readiness for teaching. Hence, the framework for this
biographical narrative describes the personal, contextual and professional aspects for
each case followed by a summary that concludes with the extent to which the aspects
Annie was a female pre-service teacher in her final year of study in a Bachelor
of Education (primary to middle years) course at a regional campus. She was 40 years
old, married with one child and of Australian descent. Her parents were both
Annie went to primary school in the early 1970s in rural Western Australia. She
recalled having ‘really good’ primary school teachers, most of whom inspired her to
learn. She remembered one male upper primary teacher in particular. In his class, Annie
news and inventing ‘tall’ stories. This teacher also had high expectations of his students,
girls’ school. She enjoyed years 8 to 10, and was successful both academically and
104 LEARNING TO TEACH
socially. However, when Annie began studies towards her Tertiary Admissions Exam
(TAE) she was not as successful. She attributed the diminished success in the TAE to a
transmission model of teaching and a lack of support, inspiration and clear goals. She
felt she was not academically focussed or inspired. However, socially, she was very
involved in school, being a Rotary exchange student, sports captain, school and
After secondary school, Annie commenced but did not complete an accounting
degree. She returned to her rural home and worked locally in a variety of positions then
moved into the mining industry but after several years became bored and disillusioned
with the work and enrolled in a Bachelor of Business. This study continued for two
years until she married and discontinued her studies in order to manage a franchise and
then a farm. She currently resides on a 40 hectare mixed sheep and cattle farm. In the
first six months of her move to the farm, Annie decided to enter teacher education.
Annie chose teaching because she wanted a career that would be stimulating to
her personally as she loved learning and considered learning a necessary life skill. She
also wanted a career that would fit in with child rearing and family:
Additionally, Annie cited a growing passion for making a difference for students, given
her own education experience. Annie wanted to create positive learning experiences for
her students. She found her most recent university experience to be engaging, and she
attributed this to a constructivist teaching style. She believed this style of teaching
I was a good student and I lost my way because I wasn’t inspired and it wasn’t
that I wasn’t intelligent, it was the fact that I wasn’t inspired, and I believe there
LEARNING TO TEACH 105
are a lot of kids out there that lost their way for whatever reason, and I believe I
can make a difference to those students because I lost my way and it took too
long to get back on the road. [T1:50.00]
When kids go ‘ohhhh’...That moment when a kid says, ‘Oh now I understand’.
They understand what you’ve been trying to say. To me that is so joyful because
what you were trying to achieve they have actually grasped and that’s your job
as a teacher. You’re trying to get them to understand something. [T1:49.49]
course, and this was confirmed by her academic transcript. She attributed her results to
working hard, having high personal goals and being highly motivated. She described
her personal strengths as being a goal setter, organised, hardworking, diligent and
having a nurturing and easy-going personality. She acknowledged that her personal
standards and work ethic sometimes caused her frustration when these were not shared
by others. She also described herself as perceptive, reflective and an advocate for
children. Her academic strengths included logical mathematical thinking and scientific
Annie believed effective teachers were effective people, having qualities and
skills such as being a good listener, perceptive, dedicated, risk taking, organised and
flexible. She was unsure whether her skills were suited to teaching, and she felt she did
not know everything and that it was important for students to understand that. She
indicated her biggest challenges in teaching would be dealing with parents and meeting
students’ needs. This perspective emerged from her experiences as a parent rather than
Parents would be a big challenge because they are so opinionated about their
child but they don’t see how their child behaves in a different set of four walls.
They get quite defensive because of their own inadequacies and they tend to take
it out on the teacher. It is always the teacher’s fault but it’s not because we are
106 LEARNING TO TEACH
there to teach the kids, we are not there to raise them and that’s the big
difference and parents forget that. [T1:54.14]
constructivist nature. She believed that knowledge was jointly constructed from the
facts being presented and the learner’s beliefs, values and experiences:
Studying is a process of the mind and you do look at some facts, but studying is
drawing conclusions, it’s making value judgements. It’s using your prior
knowledge to make assumptions about what it is saying. Someone might present
a fact but that’s not telling you have to believe that fact. You actually might
disagree with it for whatever reason or find conflicting evidence. [T2:6.26]
Experiential factors involved sensory experiences, interactions with others, and active
Annie believed knowledge came from both external and internal sources. She
believed the external source was often the teacher who could have a significant effect on
what was learnt. Annie was steadfast that it was the teacher’s responsibility to challenge
and inspire students to reach their potential. She described internal factors as being
related to motivation, independence, practice and application. She felt learners could
have a positive effect on their ability by being motivated and putting in the effort. Annie
LEARNING TO TEACH 107
attributed her high work ethic to her belief that effort and persistence contributed to
successful outcomes:
Learning has huge amounts to do with motivation. Some people are born with
tremendous ability but unless they want to learn something they won’t. They can
because they are smart and they can pick things up quickly, but a deep
understanding comes from the motivation to learn…and it’s our responsibility as
teachers to motivate them in such a way that they will be inspired to continue
on. [T1: 31.44]
Annie believed knowledge was tentative and changing. She commented on the
how knowledge was evolving and growing. However, she did claim that some
knowledge was fixed, such as scientific procedures. Annie also held the view that
learning took time and was developmental. Her elaborations indicated that learners have
to connect new information with their own views and experiences in analytical and
critical ways:
It’s definitely not quick because what happens when I’m learning, I regurgitate, I
mull over, I reinvestigate and reconnect all my wires in my head, thinking about
what I have learnt and how that connects with something else and it’s really an
ongoing process. [T1: 29.50]
Annie was completing a degree course that allowed her to teach in years 1 to 10.
She was required to select two major study areas, choosing mathematics and science
because of her personal interest and strengths in the areas. Annie also chose to take an
extra unit in English because this became an interest area for her, and she choose two
units specifically targeting ‘middle years’ philosophy, because she was particularly
Annie began her coursework with no particular expectations about how she was
going to learn to teach, and did not think the university had a particular role to play.
However, she saw her student role as similar to being employed, and as such, she would
108 LEARNING TO TEACH
do what she was told to do to the best of her ability. She was surprised by an
At this final stage of her degree, reflecting on her university experience, Annie
units. She saw the lecturer’s role as observing pre-service teachers as they participated
in learning activities, and then to scaffold learning to match the individual and collective
needs through inquiry approaches. Annie felt that her learning depended on the
interaction with others, both in and out of class time. The constructivist and
collaborative learning style suited Annie, and by her final year she had made links
between her learning and teaching style, based on what she had experienced. She
previous university experiences and the less favoured units in her current degree. Her
reinforced a teaching style that Annie regarded as ineffective, that she would not want
to emulate. She explained that this type of learning was characterised by the lecturer
pre-service teacher:
It was pages of PowerPoints. It was talk and chalk type style teaching. It was an
interesting subject, but if you are not interested in the subject the learning was
just boring. It was just learning and then forget it after the exam. Something like
that really highlights that that is not the way I want to teach and yet it is
LEARNING TO TEACH 109
probably the way we revert back to from time to time because that is the way we
were taught at school. I have got to keep that in check, that I don’t do
that.[T3:34.14]
In the didactic style classes, Annie found concentration difficult to sustain, and
she was uninspired, influencing her motivation. There was often an exam requiring
recall and regurgitation of facts, which she felt was a narrow perspective on the topic.
Annie was critical of exams in general, believing they were not indicative of what a
person had learnt and knew, so she felt exams did not encourage deep learning.
Annie also cited the first year of her Bachelor of Education experience as
significant because of the small size of her university classes. She was with the same
group of people for most of her first year units. She cited the small cohort as being
particularly important to her return to university, and being able to get to know 20
people intimately, which would not have been the case in a larger cohort.
In that first year I loved being aligned to a small group at the start. We tended to
be in our own unit for the first year and then we integrated into second year and
I loved warming to people within that group. I liked that. In reflection, it
probably would have been hard for me if that hadn’t happened. We worked
together in the classes and we tended to be in the same classes as we went
around, and I actually like that because you got to know 20 people reasonably
well, rather than knowing 60 people partially well, and that intimacy was better
as ‘going back to uni’ and being a mature-aged learner. [T2:16.25]
Another significant feature of her university course involved the use of games
and practical tasks to promote a social and creative learning climate. Annie quickly
realised how important these activities were to students’ concentration, and how they
could recharge motivation when content was heavy. She felt that the games provided
realistic opportunities for students to work cooperatively and solve problems and
Finally, these activities affirmed her need for students to know the purpose and realistic
110 LEARNING TO TEACH
context for learning, plus they offered a degree of flexibility and negotiation, which
matrices and charts. She used these frameworks to assess students, plan learning
activities, reflect, analyse, classify and solve problems. Annie felt frameworks and
memorable steps that could be generalised and applied to a variety of contexts and
subjects. She felt these frameworks would also help her students see connections
However, Annie was less concerned about her marks, focussing more on making
connections between the learning outcomes and the skills and knowledge she needed for
Annie completed her practicum in a range of contexts and age groups. She
discovered early childhood was not her preferred year level. She also experienced a
multi-age classroom, where she was particularly impressed with her mentor teacher’s
approach to teaching. Annie felt she aligned with this teacher’s philosophy of teaching
LEARNING TO TEACH 111
because it was a similar style of teaching to her current university experience. The class
carried out many hands-on, practical activities, so the students were connected and
engaged. The teacher was very well organised and differentiated instruction for many of
her students. Annie also liked the ‘homely’ feel of the class, which she attributed to the
Annie also experienced a failed practicum, and described two effects of failing a
practicum. First, she believed she was failed on a ‘technicality’ (lesson plans), and in
hindsight, she believed she had not been ready for that teaching experience. As a result
of the technicality, she pursued practicum requirements with rigorous attention to detail
and empirical evidence to ensure she did not fail another. Second, through the
experience of failing, she became particularly mindful of how she mentored future pre-
Annie indicated that initially, she did not know a great deal about teaching, but
felt she could be a good teacher because of her personal strengths and life experiences.
However, her understanding of how to be a teacher had grown and changed. Annie’s
between the teacher and the learner. She believed the teacher’s role was to facilitate
learning, using a problem solving approach that activated prior knowledge, curiosity
and motivation for learning. Annie also ascertained that the teacher needed to know her
learners, and use their interests to build and connect with new knowledge. However, she
also felt that learners needed to play an active role to be motivated, open to new ideas
I tend to provoke the development of ideas and concepts in the student’s head
rather than dish it out on a plate. I would rather they figure out how an equation
works or how an equation came to be rather than saying the equation is blah
blah. The role of the teacher is to connect with that learner’s interests. So, the
teacher has to find out about the child: What stimulates and provokes them, in
112 LEARNING TO TEACH
order to provide some inspirational means for that learner to connect with and
learn. [T1:13.47]
assessment and monitoring. She believed she had a solid understanding of the concepts
students in terms of their level of knowledge and skills. In her final interview, Annie
attributed her ability to assess and evaluate students to her experiences at university, but
also recognised that she had an aptitude for judging students’ levels of attainment:
There are a couple of things I have come out with that I feel I am good at, and
one of those things is assessment and evaluations. I think that is probably partly
because of the progress map development that we did, and looking at what is at
each level, and I think that is why I am good at assessment and evaluation. Also,
I think there is something intrinsic there or something natural [so] that I am able
to say this person is able to do this and that. [T3:1.28.30]
Annie’s view of assessment and evaluation was that it was both a progressive
and ongoing concept. Annie understood there had to be times for accountability, which
may not necessarily be suited to students’ readiness. However, she believed that when
goals at an individual level, it is constructive and productive. In this regard, Annie was
inclined to use types of assessment that were less formal and more flexible, such as
Annie’s understanding of pedagogy was that it was about teaching styles and
strategies. She was usually confident in her pedagogy, attributing her confidence to the
time and effort she put into planning and making decisions about teaching. She believed
that teachers influenced learning by being either inspirational or boring. She aligned her
Annie was very metacognitive about her own learning, and believed this had
translated into her teaching style. For example, she strongly believed that the learner
played a significant part in the learning process, but the teacher had to inspire the
learner to want to learn. She also believed that the learner’s background knowledge was
an important starting point for teachers. For Annie, this included learners’ personal
characteristics, such as age, phase, interests, skills and abilities, learning styles and
disposition to learning. She believed this knowledge would guide decisions about how
to select and present content, which would also provide purpose and relevance.
asserted that topics and concepts needed to have a real life purpose and a meaningful
context for learners. In planning for her specialist subject areas, she used mind mapping
This was another mind map I did on this subject…I now do this as part of the
course, which we learnt in one of the units and I just find myself doing them. In
fact, I did a mind map in the exam, as my notes, which means that’s a process
that I have hooked onto and developed as part of a strategy for my own learning,
and that will help me as a teacher because if I can mind map something it will
help me to plan lessons, but it is something that started off small and it was one
of those concepts that I’ve have built on. [T3:1.12.50]
I looked at my lesson plans in that subject and I have compared them with now,
and I have obviously learnt something, because they were appalling, very basic
and very shallow. It was really interesting to look back. It was all about what the
teacher was doing, whereas now it is all about the way the student is thinking.
[T3:18.50]
experiences:
This [mind map] covers all the content without looking at a textbook because
this actually explores the topic, and you can decide you want for your kids.
Often looking in a textbook and deciding what I want for my kids is actually
114 LEARNING TO TEACH
hard. This [mind map] actually puts it on one page as a picture and you can draw
in resources to match what is on your page, and you’re teaching the kids what
they need to learn, not what you are being told. This is a different way of
looking at it, and it is more personal for your learners and it means you are not
teaching the same stuff every year. [T3:1.19.35]
She felt that it was important to have an introduction to a lesson that stimulated
interest. She liked using cooperative learning strategies and problem solving activities
She consistently mentioned the need to get to know her students by experimenting with
different types of activities, to discover individual personalities and class dynamics. She
acknowledged that she would have a variety of learners, and as such, she would need to
differentiate instruction:
attributing this to her personality and past employment. She regarded herself as ‘an
easy-going’ person who got along with most people. However, she did indicate that the
high personal and professional standards she set for herself were not always shared by
others, and she found this frustrating. She also felt that this might affect her
relationships with other teachers, and she acknowledged the need to be diplomatic. As
indicated earlier, she was anticipating some issues with parents, but she also recognised
that it was critical not to be judgemental. Additionally, she was anxious about conflict
and criticism because she had a disposition for hard work and was an advocate for
students.
LEARNING TO TEACH 115
Although Annie was not confident in her rating of her KLA knowledge, she
explained that this was based on her limited experiences in teaching science:
I guess I’m not confident because I haven’t really taught science and don’t know
how much I know. I feel that I don’t know enough because I don’t know
everything and I know I’ll never know everything and I’m not an Einstein and
so I feel my content knowledge will be weak. But it may not be, that might just
be my perception—I don’t know yet. [T1:1.03.00]
She acknowledged that her content knowledge had developed from learning at
secondary school, past and present university experiences. Annie talked frequently
I actually learnt how much I didn’t know in this subject. Chance and data, I
thought I was pretty good at the graphing and data analysis, but when it comes
to things like what are the odds of getting these numbers and the maths behind
working it out, I never did anything like the patterning and all the basics for
algebra. But it was the way I was taught. I was taught this is the formula and you
need to learn it this way. However, here at uni, this is the understanding, that’s
when the lights go on. [T3: 25.12]
ethical practice. The comments made during the first interview implied that she was
unsure about what she did not know about ethics. She knew that there must be policy
documents, and that the various education systems were likely to have some
regulations. On her survey, she wrote ‘I will need to address this area over the next six
months’. In the interview she claimed she felt confident that she would achieve this,
Annie was unsure about her future in teaching. At times she saw herself in a
position of responsibility, such as a specialist teacher, and at other times she simply
wanted to be a generalist teacher and affect students’ lives. She indicated her future in
teaching would depend on how she was supported as a new teacher, and if the
Annie made the decision to teach as a career changing event, at a point in her
life when she needed a job that fitted with child rearing and was intellectually
satisfying. This need for an intellectual challenge reverberated through her secondary
schooling, previous studies and employment as she loved learning. It became her
rationale for teaching because she empathised with students who had ‘lost their way’
and lacked motivation, inspiration and direction, and this was how she was going to
she was also an advocate for students, largely as a result of her school experiences and
empathy for students. She was expecting to be successful and to work hard. She had a
predisposition for logical thinking and a particular interest in science and mathematics.
Additionally, she set and achieved goals and she believed success was achieved through
sophisticated, in that she believed the knowledge was attained by making connections
between concepts and ideas that could be sourced eclectically. She also believed
knowledge needed to be internalised by the learner, and as such, it developed over time
and with effort, motivation and familiarity. She was also metacognitive about her own
Annie conceded that her initial understanding of teaching was limited and based
a result of her Bachelor of Education course, and discovery of her preferred learning
style. She realised how different her current learning experiences were compared to her
Supplementing this realisation was her enjoyment of learning to teach. Her learning
knowledge, taking into consideration her life experiences and world views. Learning
also involved collaboration and interaction with others, and the teacher facilitated
learning by encouraging her to question, challenge, formulate her own ideas, opinions
and conclusions, but there was also time for autonomous learning in the form of
assignments. For Annie, the process of learning was internal and involved deep
understandings that endured past the classes themselves. She was inspired by her
university lecturers, and she had experienced a mentor teacher with a similar teaching
philosophy and style. Annie was adamant that she did not learn to teach from a failed
practicum, exams or transmission and didactic learning experiences, all of which she
From her personal experience of learning in different contexts and styles, Annie
concluded that younger learners would also need similar constructivist learning
conditions. That is, students needed to see relevance, purpose and be stimulated to
translated into her current teaching style, which was to engage students through
discovery. The style was then trialled, evaluated and refined while on practicum.
monitoring as attested by her rating and personal commentary. This thread was common
throughout her interviews, in which she was metacognitive and self-regulatory about
her own thinking and learning, and set goals for herself. This was applied to her
learning experiences. She had learnt that the learner’s needs and interests were at the
centre of teaching, and they not only informed her teaching but assisted in setting goals
for her students to work towards. This sense of joint responsibility for the co-
construction of knowledge and skills has been reinforced in her teaching practice.
118 LEARNING TO TEACH
Annie was ready to teach and consolidate her hypothesis about how students
learn. She preferred teaching older students. At this point she had a perception that she
might not have enough KLA knowledge and understanding about ethics, but proposed
these would become more evident during her final practicum, and if the perception
prevailed, she would address this with the same gusto and strategic action that she
Thus, for Annie, the learning to teach experience was a combination of personal,
contextual and professional aspects that were interwoven and integrated, similar to a
kaleidoscope. The university experience was quite profound for Annie. It was the
realisation that teaching was not about transmission of knowledge, something she had
experienced at school and in other university courses, but rather the construction of
knowledge with the learner. This realisation came directly from her success and
enjoyment of learning at university, and her experience reinforced a concept and vision
of teaching that aligned with constructivism, which she wanted to emulate in her own
teaching. Annie was conscious that the learning to teach journey had only just begun
and she was expecting to continue learning about teaching by monitoring and reflecting
Lulu was a female pre-service teacher in her final year of study in a Bachelor of
Education (primary to middle years) course at the same regional campus. She was in the
36 to 40 year age group, married with one child and of Australian descent. Her father
worked in a trade and her mother worked in retail, cleaning and manual work.
Lulu went to primary school in the mid-1970s to early 1980s in a regional north-
western town of Western Australia. She recalls more about her primary school teachers
than her secondary teachers. Lulu also spent most of her secondary schooling (years 8 to
10) in the North West. However, at the end of year 10 the family moved to Perth. She
commenced year 11 in Perth, but shortly after they moved to the South West of the state
for 12 months, returning to Perth during the last semester of year 12. Lulu felt she did
not settle back into school in Perth. She completed year 12 but did not do well enough
identity and an indifferent attitude towards the TEE. Lulu knew that when the time and
I knew by the time I started year 12 that I wasn’t going to have enough to get
into uni. But it didn’t worry me because I knew I could just explore what other
options there were. I knew that eventually I could get there if I wanted to. I
really didn’t enjoy the last six months of year 12. [T1:07.02]
After secondary school, Lulu commenced a secretarial course and sat a public
servants’ entrance test. Three months into her secretarial course she was offered a youth
traineeship in the public service so she commenced work as a public servant and
traineeship requirement was to work in various departments, and as a result she gained a
importantly, the opportunities that were available. After the traineeship she was offered
120 LEARNING TO TEACH
a permanent position at level 1 and remained a public servant for 15 years, climbing the
corporate ladder to her final position as executive level one in the national office.
Lulu indicated that she had wanted to be a teacher or involved in education since
year 12, but the timing and circumstances had not been right. She recalled that during
her time in government she took opportunities to be involved in the student education
unit, in which she would visit schools to explain legislature. She often found herself
drawn towards education issues in her work, which strengthened her belief that she
school teachers and concern for the adolescent phase of development. In particular, her
year 4 teacher was inspiring because of his relationship with the class, his creative and
memorable lessons relevant to real life and culture, and school camping trips and
excursions. Lulu still vividly recalled lessons with this and another primary school
teacher, and in particular the values they instilled. She was inspired to emulate them and
make a difference to her students. She has used lesson ideas from these teachers in both
her government and practicum experiences. Her second special teacher was
As an adult I have looked back at those two particular teachers and thought. If I
am remembering so much of what they taught us and if I have pulled on board
so many of the values they taught me, then I can do that. I could be a teacher that
a student one day says as an adult ‘I remember that teacher and she was great’.
That’s what I wanted to emulate, what they did for me. [T1:32.04]
Lulu had a deep concern for the adolescent phase of child development and the
pressure on students to conform. She attributed this concern to her own disjointed upper
secondary school experience, and her life experiences that recognised an alternative
I think that came from my experience of finishing year 12. It was very
disjointed, but everyone was so focussed on their TEE score and if they didn’t
get into uni then their life would be over, and I made the decision not to look at
it that way. I just thought ‘something will happen’. I guess I am kind of
optimistic in that regard. [T1:33.8]
She felt young adolescents were at a point in their development when they
needed to discover themselves and their strengths in order to be resilient and contribute
to society. In particular, she wanted to empower students to learn for themselves and to
apply themselves in order to reach their potential outside of school. She also indicated
that education was not simply the responsibility of the teacher or school but a
community responsibility.
Lulu did not regard herself as ‘super smart’, and had surprised herself with how
well she had done at university. While she attributed her high distinctions to her ability
to apply herself, she also acknowledged a strong sense of obligation and responsibility
to do well because both she and her husband had given up well paid and respected
I gave up my career to do this and my husband gave up his job so that we could
come back here because we knew that we had family based close by and it
would be much easier. He is in a much lower paid job than he was in the major
city with no job prospects, and we’ve done all that so that I could pursue this. So
I think I owe it to a lot of people to do well. [T.1:15.40]
interpersonal skills (especially listening), varied life experiences and being flexible in
thinking and planning. She was not easily perturbed by events and outcomes, but rather
systematically went about solving and meeting the requirements of tasks and expecting
further review and refinement. She imposed a rigorous weekly study schedule on herself
for the duration of her course. She credits her previous workplace for the development
of these skills, because she had to work in a variety of departments, roles, projects,
122 LEARNING TO TEACH
places and people. Lulu regards these skills and traits as being a significant advantage in
learning to teach.
and an educative focus that included providing valuable feedback that students could
use to achieve success and demonstrate improvement. She named administrative issues
such as budgets, salary and dealing with inflexible teachers as her greatest challenges.
In dealing with inflexible teachers, Lulu was surprised to find some teachers pragmatic
something different, evaluate and make amendments to resolve. She was optimistic
about progress and change, and believed in action, responsibility and modification.
beliefs, which also reflected her learning style. She believed that knowledge involved
negotiation by the learner between their knowledge about the world and how that
connected with new ideas being presented. She described being immersed in content
and active engagement with it, so that the new knowledge could be used or applied. She
criteria was paramount. Other factors included collaborating with her colleagues, using
previous experiences, research and reasoning skills. Lulu also acknowledged that
sources of knowledge could be different for different people. She implied that valuable
knowledge was ascertained by the learner, their motives and purpose for needing the
information. As such, she stated that there were eclectic sources of knowledge at any
one time:
I hit a brick wall. I had to work it out and I had to be accurate in order to report
it or assess it. So I made this decision to take home everything I could find on
that topic and I spread it all out on the desk, and I read everything and just made
notes. I did it over a weekend and by the end of that weekend it was like a light
bulb went on. It was a big ‘ahaaa moment’ for me. I knew where I was going
from this total grey area of not really knowing what it was and how it worked, to
being able to work it out. [T1:48.56]
LEARNING TO TEACH 123
Lulu believed knowledge was tentative and subject to change. She described a
process in which the learner’s beliefs moved along ‘a sliding scale between black and
white, with grey areas being when [she] did not understand’ [T1:44.57]. Lulu also
believed ability was not fixed, and that to improve required personal effort, motivation,
positive self-efficacy, persistence and the ability to apply oneself. Lulu believed
learning took time and was individual. She believed the rate of learning was largely
You learn as quickly as you need to. It’s not definitive because it depends on
where you are coming from. I mean, we have just done summer school. I did all
the readings before we started because I wanted to have some basis to build on,
and again it was, ‘I have to know all this in a week so be prepared. [T1:1.02.21]
Lulu was completing a degree course that allowed her to teach in years 1 to 10.
She began her coursework in two minds. On the one hand, she was anxious because she
had left a job she knew well and had a great deal of experience and confidence in to
enter the unknown domain of teaching. On the other, she was both determined and
obligated, because she had given up a good job to follow this path. She was expecting to
have to work hard and apply herself, and she was expecting to succeed. She was also
highly attentive to hints from lecturers about what was important for the assignments
and exams, so actively engaged in lectures and tutorials and kept a diary of the points
deal of theory in the first two years. She felt she needed a theoretical approach to
contextualise teaching. Her interpretation of the context was to understand the language
of teachers and work with it. In this regard, she saw the first two years of the course as a
time to build a teacher’s identity and confidence, with snippets of practicum to role play
being a teacher. For Lulu, it was imperative to be seen as creditable by her mentor
124 LEARNING TO TEACH
teachers and others. She called on her practicum experiences to make sense of some of
experiences and their relationship to or impact on her current beliefs and theories about
teaching and learning. These opportunities were evident informally because in-class
I really enjoyed doing that unit and we were able to explore what our current
thoughts were in the assignment and in discussion. We started with where we
are now and what are our influences and you actually acknowledged how your
past experiences influenced now. [T2b:18.32]
Lulu also experienced several personally challenging learning area units. The
anticipated challenge was based on her previous school experiences and a perceived
lack of understanding or success in the learning areas. Her current experiences had a
profound effect on Lulu because they changed her disposition to the subject area and
influenced her approach to teaching. Lulu recognised how a problem solving approach,
in which she could tackle the problem using her own resources, and trying multiple
methods, led to deeper understandings of a concept. She also recognised that reflection
and justification to self and others was a powerful tool for learning:
She opened my eyes to [subject area] and as a result I am better at KLA. So, for
me, it benefitted me more personally than professionally because of where I was
at, but having said that, we also had to do reflections every week and the lecturer
wrote, ‘did you realise your journey will make you a better [subject area] teacher
because you understand students who don’t like [subject area] or don’t think
they are any good at [subject area], where they can change and how to help them
change their opinion of [subject area]’, and I thought, ‘oh, right’. [T2b: 34.00]
Lulu learnt that having explicit and transparent expectations, outcomes and
assessment details would benefit all students. Additionally, she liked the development
connected the content and practice. Lulu was highly engaged to such an extent that she
adopted aspects of this delivery approach into her own lesson planning and teaching:
LEARNING TO TEACH 125
I really liked at the beginning of each lecture he would say, ‘This is what we are
covering today dot, dot, dot’, and then he would talk to each dot point, then
cross it out. I wouldn’t necessarily be so dogmatic, but I quite enjoyed it because
it was different and I really liked that ‘this is what we are doing today’. I found
that I was starting to do that. I have adopted that and it may seem a bit primary
schoolish but it works for everyone. [T2b:55.07]
Lulu loved studying, and consequently found academic challenges engaging and
motivating. However, Lulu admitted that her second year of study was particularly
units were not directly related to teaching, but had significant workloads. Second, she
herself and others. Third, the absence of a practicum in the first semester and a
theme in both her own primary school experiences, her pre-service teacher role as a
student, and her teaching. As a pre-service teacher, she regarded practical experiences
as highly relevant, and recalled that they contributed to her making connections between
theories and practical teaching. The practical one-to-one interaction with students (as
opposed to whole class teaching) was also considered important in developing Lulu’s
teaching confidence and skills, especially in the first two years. However, more
profoundly in her third year, Lulu experienced a micro-teaching session in which she
realised that teaching was not all about the teacher but also about extending students by
differentiating instructions to meet their needs. Lulu moved from a teacher-centred, ego-
centric view of teaching (and learning) to a more student-centred and managerial role.
The change in perspective was based on her concerns about what students were
I found the first week really hard with my student and I think I tried to make it
all about me and what I am going to get out of it rather that what I can help this
student get out of it. Whereas my second week I changed that and I let her do all
the talking and I didn’t ask too many questions and I just let her talk to me when
she wanted to. [T3:07.33]
believing these resulted in better quality student engagement. She also liked to negotiate
aspects of learning tasks and assessment with her students, taking on board some of
their suggestions. She noted this appeared to generate greater cooperation and respect
towards her and between students. Additionally, she noticed greater achievement of
particular, she indicated the importance of being in similar classes over a semester, so
that pre-service teachers could get to know others personally and professionally.
camaraderie. In her second year, specialist learning areas were chosen, and she recalled
feeling a bond with the other pre-service teachers who chose the same area. In the third
also seemed to unite the group. Lulu felt the ‘shared experience’ helped develop
connections with each other, having common goals and validation of similar teaching
experiences.
her third year. She acknowledged her purpose for doing assignments changed. In
hindsight, she recalled the first two years as surreal, whereas in her third and final year
the same types of activities became more realistic and purposeful. It became more
important for her to rationalise her decision-making process when planning learning
doing and the worthiness of activities, to extend students’ knowledge and skills:
LEARNING TO TEACH 127
assignments, gain background information and evidence that were both autonomous and
productive learning to teach activities for Lulu. She acknowledged that the university
experience had helped her learn to teach because it provided opportunities to access
publications, resources and strategies. She also acknowledged that learning to teach was
theoretical concepts were presented and represented. The shift in thinking also
represented Lulu’s growing confidence, self-efficacy and status as a teacher, rather than
a student. There was a different sense of identity as a teacher by the end of the third
year:
I can’t wait to consolidate all this stuff in my head. I can’t wait to test it out and
see if it works. The experiences at school have made me understand that that is
what I need now. I am ready for this now. It is a readiness thing definitely. [T3:
06.09]
Lulu’s practicum experiences were quite unique and took place in alternative
settings to the regional schools. An early school experience involved visiting farming
stations, conducting ‘on air’ lessons and visiting a district high school. Lulu was
surprised by the prescriptive nature of lessons, but rationalised that this was needed in
order for students to be prepared for the lessons. She was also surprised by the dynamic
she believed she gained a holistic and dynamic view of how the school worked. She
became aware of the teachers’ positive and constructive perceptions of their students’
needs; multiple ways in which students learn similar concepts; energy levels required to
teach in less familiar subjects; and the enjoyment of reading to students. She discovered
that using students’ ideas was highly motivating, and they were more interested in the
topic.
important effect. She acknowledged that the collegial support at this school was
phenomenal and inspiring. It was also on this practicum that she made the decision to
teach in secondary school. Although she found the secondary curriculum rather
prescriptive, she continued her student-centred approach and learnt to plan learning
experiences by working backwards from the students’ assessment task. She also
incorporated a practical activity planned by the students to conclude the topic. It was
also in this practicum that she combined her student-centred approach with explicitly
stating her expectations in terms of achievement outcomes. This was a strategy she had
Lulu reported that most of her practicum experiences were very anxious times
for her. She lacked confidence in her ability to ‘look the part’, and saw herself
rehearsing the role of the teacher. It was not until half way through her third-year
Lulu believed that teaching was student-centred, learning was an active process
and that there were various learner variables that affected the learning situation and
outcomes. She believed teaching was the art of facilitating meaningful and engaging
transparent and common ground. Additionally, she liked to put the responsibility for
learning back on students, so they had some control over where they were going and
what they were learning, and had a rationale for learning the content:
You know when you talked about the first week of starting school? I really
related to that because I think all too often teachers come into a classroom and
they are just in a rush to get on with the learning. If they just took a week or two
to do structured activities that pull the group together, that creates common
ground, that creates understanding of this is what I am here for, or this is what I
am hoping to do, and what is it that you [students] are hoping to do. I think if we
spent more time building that, the rest of the stuff would be a lot easier.
[T1:1.07.35]
She viewed the student’s role as active, engaged and connected to the learning
context. For example, she believed that learning was not about receiving knowledge but
rather being receptive to it. Additionally, she believed students came to school with
personal and emotional factors that may not be within their control, but which effect
learning. She believed that students had a variety of background knowledge and
preferred learning style that influenced what was learnt, so teachers needed to match
Lulu was most confident about her professional relationships and ethics. She
was usually confident about her relationships with students, mentor teachers,
colleagues, parents and administration. From the perspectives of her students, she
believed it was important to develop a trusting and respectful learning environment. She
indicated a need for calm and time spent reflecting. She believed students had very busy
lives, and there was a need for opportunities to ‘chill out’. This strategy was also
130 LEARNING TO TEACH
commented on by one of her mentor teachers: ‘she quickly establishes a calm working
people and professionals in her role in the government department. She was readily able
to diffuse situations of conflict, identify critical events and calmly but constructively
negotiate potential solutions. She had a great deal of experience making decisions, so
tended to follow a due process for negotiation in which she would ‘make a decision and
just stick to it, ride it out and if it ends up being wrong, you take responsibility for it and
She was very keen to pursue partnerships with parents and acknowledged a
desire to do further study on parent involvement in secondary schools. She was keen to
keep parents informed and encouraged them to participate in their children’s education.
She talked about her ability to appeal to people’s better nature as a direct result of her
experience in the government and her dealings with the public. She actively and
genuinely sought to understand the problems and perspectives, and used a strategic
attributed this confidence to her previous employment, in which there were many
policies and procedures to adhere to for accountability, developing her data collection
and analysis skills to a high degree. She was tenacious and intuitive about what she did
Lulu thought she was only marginally confident in her KLA content. She based
this on her experiences in secondary practicums, where she noted the curriculum was
prescriptive, so felt she would need to relearn and research topics. When she recognised
her lack of knowledge she immersed herself in the topic in the same way that she did
when she studied. She also used the areas in which she lacked knowledge as a gauge for
LEARNING TO TEACH 131
material that might also be unfamiliar to her students. Therefore, Lulu was able to
research topics and consider content in relation to her students, the context, curriculum
commented that she was learning the content through the experience of having to teach
I was given a year eight topic and I thought ‘Crap, I know nothing about that!’
So that night, I Googled everything I could possibly find on medieval history
and took books out of the library. Then he [mentor] said ‘Here’s the assessment
that the students have to do at the end of the four weeks’. It was a fantastic unit
of work. They did a classroom dictionary of medieval terms and I gave them a
pop quiz. Then at the end of that unit we did a banquet, but I let them direct it. I
knew nothing about medieval history, and again it was that whole, I am acting,
pretending thing. But I actually know what it is and I understand it, which was
really cool because we learnt together. [T1:39.44]
education and previous employment. While her KLA knowledge had not changed much
during her university experience, Lulu felt she could concentrate on learning the
pedagogy for teaching those areas; therefore, she has learnt about student outcomes,
Lulu was undecided about her pedagogy. She attributes this indecision to limited
practice in her own style of teaching. She tended to imitate her mentor teachers’ styles
I guess being unsure of my style I tend to watch the mentor teacher and I just
mimic. But again, in [North West town] I slowly changed to my style and it was
probably towards the last week that I was starting to understand what my style
was, because I know what I want to achieve and what I would like to be like but
I am not sure if that is who am yet or who I will be. [T1:36.26]
Artefacts (lesson descriptions, plans and forward planning documents) from her
university experiences implied that Lulu considered the curriculum outcomes and
students’ abilities equally when planning for learning experiences. She noted that she
began to use a teaching model, whereby the desired outcomes (goals) and elements of
132 LEARNING TO TEACH
the lesson were made explicit at the beginning of each lesson, and she signalled when
she had covered that outcome or element. This model was one she observed from a
university lecturer, which she felt would work for most students.
important part of her thinking about teaching. She was aware of different learning styles
and the need to allow students to use ‘multiple means of representing, expressing and
engagement’ [Artefact 1]. She believed learning should be holistic, so provided learning
experiences in which students’ interests were taken into consideration and the
development of a topic was relinquished to them. She achieved both academic outcomes
relevant. She empowered her students to learn new concepts and gain deeper
She was also metacognitive about her own learning, and this translated into her
teaching practice. For example, she kept a reflective journal during ATP to record the
development of her pedagogical style and her effect upon students. This showed her
sensitivity to the effect of the personal constraints on learning (affective elements, prior
knowledge, experience and skills). Lulu felt that she had a good understanding of
empathised with adolescents’ social and emotional needs, alleging that these can
significantly affect learning, and may not be within the student’s control. Specifically,
she described security, safety, motivation and interest as important areas for teachers to
target. She articulated a need for them to match social and emotional needs with the
curiosity, set learning purposes and clearly articulate expectations. Lulu’s philosophy of
LEARNING TO TEACH 133
meaningful.
Lulu indicated a preference for teaching secondary learners because she was
concerned about their lack of hope, ambition and inability to see their own potential.
She related this directly to her personal experiences in years 11 and 12, but also her
practicum experience with years 8 to 10 in the North West school. Both experiences
made her realise that students needed to understand that they have choices, and that with
the move forward. Students’ needs, achievements and accountability were at the centre
Lulu’s least confident area of teaching was assessment and monitoring. She
conceded that this was not so much a lack of assessment learning at university, but
rather a lack of practicum experiences with assessment and teachers not sharing their
student records. She understood that the purpose for assessment was to inform teaching,
Probably not so much that we haven’t had the university input because we had
one particular unit that focussed on it, and I remember thinking there were lots
of light bulbs going off in that unit, and it was a complete package on how to
assess and how to report, but we haven’t had the chance to consolidate it in a
prac. [T2b:13.00]
Lulu acknowledged that assessment was an ongoing task for teachers to inform
their teaching. She felt she knew how to administer a variety of assessments, but was
unsure about interpreting the results. Hence, maintaining records, providing feedback to
students, parents and the system and being critically constructive about the test’s
validity and reliability were areas needing further professional development. Her
134 LEARNING TO TEACH
observation and performance. She mentioned marking assessments using scores and/or
scaling scores. Reference was made to a student being ‘at the bottom’ or ‘at the top’ of
In discussing her future, Lulu was sure about wanting to teach in a classroom
and making a difference, and hinted at being a head of KLA in the future.
Lulu had made a major career and life change to follow her dream of teaching.
She entered the course anticipating that she would need to work hard because the
content would be new, and she was not entirely confident about teaching. She sought to
control her own learning by controlling factors such as diligent attendance, active
successful and a rigorous self-imposed study schedule. She saw learning to teach as a
gradual process, and believed that the first two years in university were significant in
socialising one to become a teacher. This period was characterised by learning the
rhetoric and theories, developing a repertoire of teaching strategies and rehearsing the
Second, her age, life experiences and being a mother meant she came into
teaching with a wealth of work and life experiences, in addition to witnessing her
daughter’s physical and cognitive development. Her own adolescent and school
school, cemented her love for and advocacy of the adolescent age group in particular.
She wanted to share her love of learning and show students how they could set and
achieve goals to reach their potential. This empathy, mixed with her ability to apply
herself, was how she was going to make a difference to her students. Lulu was scholarly
Lulu believed ways of knowing were idiosyncratic, in that the learner took
control of the process with determination and effort but it took time and was diverse for
each individual, content and context. She was metacognitive and self-regulatory about
her understanding of the content and when, where and how she needed to redirect her
attention. Sometimes the content and rhetoric were new and she needed to concentrate
on that, while at other times (particularly in her specialist areas) she was more sensitive
to the pedagogy of teaching the subject. She was particularly reflective, and
related to her parenting style. However, she believed the university experience had
provided her with the rationale for her decision making, forward planning and lesson
planning, and this was seen as crucial for the practicum and being seen as credible.
Fourth, she acknowledged learning to teach from past teachers, mentor teachers
and university lecturers. Her past teachers inspired her with their interpersonal
attributes, creativity, flexibility and relevant real life skills and values. On practicums
she tended to adopt the teaching styles of her mentor teachers so as not to disrupt set
routines and practices for the students, but also because they worked and could be relied
upon. It was not until the end of her most recent practicum that she felt her personal
teaching style was beginning to emerge. She acknowledged that her students’ needs and
interests were at the centre of her teaching, so she would spend quality time getting to
know them and setting up a positive learning community before planning for their
learning. Additionally, she liked to make teaching expectations and goals for her
students explicit, and used a systematic approach to teaching content with signposts and
university and one she aligned with. She anticipated using student involvement and
136 LEARNING TO TEACH
Finally, the feedback and success from her units of study and mentor teachers,
and being on the Dean’s list, 1 contributed to Lulu being comfortably confident in her
ability to teach. Professionally, she was confident in her relationships with people and
students and her ethical understanding of teaching, because these were personal
strengths based on her life experiences. However, she acknowledged a lower level of
confidence in her KLA knowledge, and at this point was unsure of her pedagogy and
knowledge of learners. This was based largely on the range of topics, outcomes and
levels of development of students that she had yet to experience. Lulu could describe a
lucid framework for planning learning experiences and teaching, and her students’
needs and the learning environment were important to her. She felt least confident about
assessment and evaluation because she had not experienced reporting and grading on
For Lulu, it was difficult to separate the effects of her personal, professional and
contextual aspects because all worked collectively to contribute to how she had learnt to
teach. She was confident and comfortable with her own learning style, and would
approach teaching with the same strong research and analytical skills largely attributed
to her past employment and personal motivation. For Lulu, the university context was
strongly in Lulu’s concept of teaching and learning. She felt it was most important to
develop a learning community, and that students were jointly and collaboratively
responsible. She felt very ready to teach by her fourth year practicum, and was eager to
put into practice what she had learnt and to join the teaching fraternity.
1
The Dean’s list is an acknowledgement letter that pre-service teachers receive each semester if their marks are in the top 10 per
Dallas was a female pre-service teacher in her final year of study towards a
Bachelor of Education at the same regional university campus. She was under 25 years
of age, single and living at home. She was Australian, with a father employed in the
Dallas went to government primary and secondary schools in the 1990s. She
completed 12 years of schooling and was head girl. She completed a TEE, but claims
that she did not do well in the exam. Immediately after completing secondary school she
Four in sport and development at a Technical and Further Education (TAFE) institution.
She also began working as an education assistant for a local special needs school. In the
year before commencing university she attended Camp America and travelled around
the world for nine months. Dallas entered university with a portfolio entry and
accreditation for prior learning and work experience. She also re-joined the special
needs school as an education assistant, and was currently employed there. She worked
between 15 and 20 hours per week as both a teacher assistant and a swimming coach.
Dallas made the decision to teach after a negative year 11 and 12 school
experience, in which a teacher discouraged her from applying for the role of a student
prefect. She applied for the position and was successful. The following year she applied
for the head girl position and again was discouraged by the same teacher, and again was
successful. She chose teaching because she believed she could be a better teacher than
her year 11 and 12 teacher, because she believed she could do anything if she was
motivated and willing to put in the effort to achieve. These beliefs about self and the
power of realistic encouragement, expectation and belief in a student were the catalyst
138 LEARNING TO TEACH
for considering teaching as a profession. Additionally, she had always enjoyed children
and her positive experiences with students as a teacher assistant, coach and camp leader
programme she looked at the total course outline and responded ‘Yeah, that’s not going
to take me four years’ which implied that Dallas’ self-efficacy and confidence about
making a difference to students with backgrounds different from her own. Her current
difference to students with behavioural, academic and physical needs. Dallas indicated
that teaching appealed to her because the working hours were conducive to motherhood
in the future:
I like the idea that when I am a mum I am still going to get two weeks, every ten
weeks, with my kids. I like the idea that your kids can go to school and you can
teach and then after school you can pick them up and go home and you can still
plan. I like that idea of having more time with your own family. [T1:25.05]
In terms of her academic ability, Dallas claimed she was average at secondary
school, but when she applied herself she usually achieved higher marks. She was
currently averaging a very high credit, almost a distinction. She described her personal
Her academic strengths included focus and high motivation towards completing her
I am focussed in the way that I know what I want and that is to hurry up and
finish, and I was focussed that I wanted to do it in three and a half years and not
four so that won’t change. [T1: 01.35]
She was also dedicated and enthusiastic about learning and teaching, but her
priority was course completion, which she saw as her personal responsibility. She
LEARNING TO TEACH 139
attributed these strengths to being a more mature learner as a result of her swimming
I didn’t know I was going to be such a stickler for doing everything properly.
Like at school, I used to read and write the questions and sometimes I’d just
look in the back. I think it comes from when I had two years off and a year at
TAFE, and then I travelled around the world for nine months. So I’d done what I
wanted to do and now I am here to do it properly. [T1:26.34]
challenging to balance university, employment and time for self, family and friends.
Academic challenges were also time related. She described herself as perhaps too
dedicated and self-competitive, as she was inclined to work too hard and put in too
much effort for what she perceived might be the same end result.
The qualities she believed she had that were suited to teaching were similar to
her personal strengths. She also cited quick thinking skills, and when she elaborated on
this she intimated having ecological knowledge that involved being flexible and
spontaneous in an unpredictable, live classroom context. She had developed the ability
prepared and organised, having effective communication skills and being caring,
knowledgeable and happy. Dallas anticipated her greatest challenge in teaching would
be time management, such as not being able to plan for everything, trying to accomplish
Dallas’ approach to learning at university had changed since her TEE/year 12.
During her secondary schooling she learnt the content knowledge for her KLAs by
areas and specific facts. On reflection, she found this was not particularly successful nor
useful because she had not retained information from year 12. She acknowledged
140 LEARNING TO TEACH
having a different approach to her studies at university. In her university course she
such as knowledge based on opinions related to experiences. She felt she was learning
the content by co-construction between her own ideas and beliefs and critically
considering the ideas being presented for plausibility and potential. She saw knowledge
developing as she became more sensitive to what was important and questioning why
You have to create your own understanding. When I was at high school you
basically just read through the books and did the activities and then you sat the
TEE. It was basically just write out the answers or just regurgitate all the
information. It wasn’t your understanding of it. So I didn’t do that well in my
TEE. [T1:05.54]
She was adamant that she did not learn in lectures. She applied a process to self-
engage which involved preparation by reading set readings and PowerPoint slides prior
to the lecture. She approached the lecture with the intention of actively listening and
recording notes to the questions she had posed beforehand. Dallas found the seminars
and tutorials most useful because that was where group discussions and opinions further
clarified her understanding. Dallas had developed an understanding that her own
knowledge and worldview contributed to making sense of other people’s opinions and
ideas:
The main thing for me is group discussion, especially if I know that we have to
do a group reading and you come back and if you’ve read it and everyone else
sort of contributes and discusses and that for me is the easiest thing for me to
learn. [T1:04.26]
regard studying as fixed and dependent on the ‘expert’ or lecturer, while knowing was
about having a reasoned opinion and being reasonably confident in your belief.
However, she acknowledged that both experts and authors had opinions and learners
I was sort of wondering whether it was truth and then someone else comes along
and says no. And for us at uni, when a lecturer comes and says ‘No, this is the
way it goes’. So is what you’re thinking right, or the person who has a higher
degree or you know, is seen as an expert. [T1:06.47]
she had a tentative view of knowledge, implying that while learning to teach she had
built on the knowledge from year to year. She described an increasing sensitivity to
I think it’s ever changing and especially at uni, you build on it so what you’re
learning in first year is changed or altered to what you learn in second year, and
then I think when you get to third year you start to learn that you can challenge
knowledge or other people’s knowledge or what’s written down. Especially
now, I think critical reflection or critical literacy is a big part of that. I don’t just
take it on face value. [T1:07.38]
historical facts such as dates, time and place. However, she recognised that perspectives
about the events of history could change. Dallas concluded that the stability of
knowledge was conditional on the type of information, and that some facts were certain
while others were opinions that could change with further inquiry and investigation.
Dallas’ newfound value for being critical and questioning the knowledge and
materials presented resulted in her view most knowledge was sourced from empirical
experiences. However, she believed the lecturer’s attention and enthusiasm for the
subject influenced the effort she put into the subject. It was not so much what was being
I think they [lecturers] are a trigger for me, if they’re not engaged with it or
don’t seem enthusiastic about it then I think ‘I don’t need to know about it’. But
if they come up with more points and you need to know this because…or
knowing these things will lead into this…then I think, ‘Oh, maybe I should
make the effort and understand it’. It influences how much attention or how
much effort you are going to put into it. [T1:0010.42]
142 LEARNING TO TEACH
In line with her belief that you can do anything you put your mind to, Dallas
believed ability was not fixed, but rather improvable with effort, perseverance,
motivation and practice. Again, she described the role of the mindset in contributing to
expertise:
But I think everyone pretty much has the chance to do anything they want if they
put in the effort. If it is motivating and engaging for them then they will do it.
Some people aren’t born athletes but they still get gold medals and that is from
training and everything else that you put into it. [T1:14.42]
Dallas took the view that learning took time. She was quite strategic and
methodical in her approach to her studies. However, the emphasis was on recalling
information, albeit the strategies for recall were more metacognitive and self-regulatory.
For example, on a weekly basis she brainstormed, using a concept map to record what
she had learnt from the lecture and tutorial as revision. She placed the concept map in
I take a while. For me to remember I have to take it home and do this huge big
brainstorm usually for each unit. I have a huge big piece of card and I have the
main thing in the middle and I have week one of it and then lecture, tute or
reading, and then I’ll leave it stuck to our toilet door or the shower where I can
read it. The next week I pull it off, put week two on. So by the end of the
semester I would have read week one ten times, week two nine times so it’s
more repetitive. [T1:12.31]
She said she was also self-regulatory about any texts or articles she read,
main points. She concluded her reading with a question formulation session, where she
attempted to create questions that ‘stood above’ the text and were generated from
concerns or wonder:
I’d read the chapter and not write anything and then I have to go back and pull
out the bits that I thought were interesting and then I’d reformulate into
questions that I would ask about that chapter. [T1:13.39]
LEARNING TO TEACH 143
Dallas was completing a degree course that entitled her to teach in years one to
ten. Her major learning areas were Health and Physical Education and Studies of
Society and Environment [SOSE]. She chose these areas because she had always played
Her first sense of university was her age group. She noted she was in the middle,
with many students being younger and some significantly older than her. She wasn’t
anticipating this to be a problem because the total number of students was small, and it
would not take long to become familiar with others. Her expectations of herself were
that she would work hard and not have any late assignments. Dallas was expecting
success and she was confident she would be able to finish the course early by
overloading (doing more than the required units per semester) and completing summer
and winter school units. Unlike her studies at TAFE, she expected grades for her
university assignments, rather than a pass/fail mark. She was particularly happy with
On reflection, Dallas did not anticipate the amount of theory and strategies in
her first year at university. There was more theory than expected but there were more
teaching strategies taught, which she thought would have come from practicum
I probably expected a bit less theory. I didn’t think there would be half as much
theory as what there was. And strategies, I thought that would be more on the
job. I love all the strategies and the placemat theories and all that. I think in first
year you get all these theories and you never remember them. [T2:07.02]
In particular, she recalled theories about how students learn. She indicated that
she was overwhelmed with the amount of theory and content, and therefore was not
sensitive to rationales, and often could not see the relevance to teaching. Dallas felt the
first two years needed more explicit directions about what to do and why. For example,
144 LEARNING TO TEACH
she recalled doing lots of games and remembered a suggestion to record these, but at the
time did not understand the significance or what to record, and thus regrets not doing so.
At this late stage of learning to teach, she could readily identify the salient aspects of
followed by tutorial classes. Sometimes units worked in seminar style, which she
preferred. She did not like lectures and believed this university practice contradicted the
I think it’s funny because they contradict themselves by saying that not everyone
learns the same and that the least amount of learning is through sitting, listening
and watching. And yet we sit there in lecturers for 75 per cent of the time. So I
wonder if it’s the easiest way to deliver it to everyone. Maybe they think that
you absorb it at home by reflecting and you know, doing journals and doing
your readings. [T2:07.50]
Dallas also found that focus questions at the commencement of the lecture
assisted her active listening and focussed her attention on the spoken detail rather than
the information on the slides. There was also a sense of having to learn a new
That was all about pedagogies and that freaked everyone out. The whole thing
was ‘what’s a pedagogy?’ And it was very critical thinking and critical reading
and that was a seminar, so I liked it in that I couldn’t have coped with that if it
was in a lecture, but it was very scary for a first year. [T2:18.50]
Dallas was critical of a number of units for being irrelevant to teaching. She
described the content as either too difficult, beyond what a teacher would need, or too
simple. Often the content did not cater to pre-service teachers’ needs, and assumed a
one-size-fits-all approach.
Dallas also mentioned her love of summer and winter school units. These units
were condensed into five full days. She particularly liked these because there was
continuity of information, and the connections between information seemed clearer and
LEARNING TO TEACH 145
more logical. She believed she remembered more about those units than the 12 week
units, and the exams for these summer/winter school units seemed easier:
I loved summer school units. I love doing it in a week, because you go home and
I still remember more in that unit than I do for my first year units even though it
was probably a year later but I think because it’s so compacted and it is in one
week you can sort of link everything a bit easier. [T2:24.14]
When discussing her coursework, Dallas often referred to assignments. She cited
these assignments were practical and directly applicable to teaching. Dallas recalled
learning how to assess and level a ‘real’ student. She learnt how to use current teaching
It was how you applied it to school. We learnt about the special textbook that
most schools have and we had to buy one and I went out and bought the other
nine. So it is really good being taught how to use them. What you should see in
each level and that was the first time we did levelling. [T2:28.23]
Dallas also reported learning how to teach from assignments that required
These assignments often required her to critically reflect and/or analyse practical
teaching artefacts and resources. She also learnt how to set up a personal teaching
Assignments that were not well received by Dallas involved lengthy and
unparalleled workloads compared to other units and where she could not see the explicit
relevance to teaching. Dallas noted that many of these types of assignment were not
In looking back through her files and transcripts, Dallas summarised her first
two years of university as too much theory, too much paperwork, and a lack of
relevance to direct teaching or having no practical links to teaching. She described her
approach to teaching as more hands-on and practical, so she would have preferred to
learn to teach by working in schools alongside a mentor teacher, with one day a week at
university. She believed the theories and language put new names to what she already
I think when I teach I will be more hands-on because I think in the first two
years was a lot of theory. Lot of paperwork, not much was really relevant and
not many were teaching. Not much I can actually apply to my class. Probably
maybe three units out of two years, which is not really that much. You already
know [it and it ] is just what you do. They just put a name to it. [T2:31.47]
different to the first few because she believed she was qualified to have an opinion,
based on research and understandings of theories. She described her first two years as
developing. She alluded to third year as being more relevant and flexible, with pre-
The second two years you start to get to do it your own way. You can sort of say
‘This is my opinion because I have done so much research and theory now and
you have an opinion’. So I think first year you sort of just pretending and you’re
just keeping your head above water, whereas the second two years you sort of,
you can say ‘No that’s not right’. [T3:32.31]
Dallas also liked units in which teaching strategies were demonstrated on the
pre-service teachers. She felt experiencing the task from a student’s point of view
helped her break down the skills in the task and experience the type of dialogue that
students would engage in. For example, in one unit she had to choose a picture to
capture and conceptualise her learning. Dallas felt this was particularly useful because
she had to make an analogy between her learning and something in the picture that was
LEARNING TO TEACH 147
A second positive element of her third-year units was the university’s decision
to run eight week units because of a clash with practicum placements. Unlike summer
and winter school, where units were contracted to full days over a week, the units in her
third year were one full day per week over eight weeks. Again, this was fortuitous for
Dallas because she liked the reduced time, continuity and cohesiveness of concepts and
Practicums were highly valued by Dallas. She believed they were where she
learnt the most about teaching. She experienced a variety of school contexts: team
teaching in a large pre-primary class, a special needs school in which class sizes were
five to six students, and a secondary context. As a result of these experiences, Dallas felt
quite confident about learners in the foundation levels, but not as confident with older
students.
switched on’, and she was very impressed with the concept of team teaching. In
particular, she liked the idea of sharing ideas and workloads. Other things she noted was
the practice of concluding each day with a whole class contribution to a teacher
modelled diary of the day’s events, and recognition of particular students’ achievements
for the day. The diary entry was recorded on a flip chart which was placed at the
entrance to the centre, so that parents could read it. She acknowledged this strategy was
The special needs school experience was not new to Dallas; however, she
described a profound moment when she realised her students did not view the world in
the same way that she did, and that even small and seemingly uncomplicated tasks had
148 LEARNING TO TEACH
to be simplified. Sometimes she wondered how much further she could break down the
tasks to enable her students to achieve the task. Similarly, Dallas realised that small
gains were actually significant, and that all the students had to be on individual
education plans (IEPs). She also acknowledged the difficulty of bringing up a special
needs child, and that schools had an additional role in providing parents with respite.
particular foci. The introduction of a university component was significant for her
because it assisted her in focussing on what to observe while in the classes. For
were studied. Dallas was instructed to look for examples of these principles in practice,
which she brought back to university to share and debrief. Dallas felt she learnt to link
the theory with the practice; however, she maintained that this was more often giving a
name to what she already knew. However, by her third year, Dallas was highly critical
of the university component of the practicum because she felt there it focusses on
amount of time in teaching type roles in which she had experienced both the
professional nature of teaching and feedback from others about how well she was
performing. She looked at her course outline and decided to fast track. Dallas thought it
was the teacher’s responsibility to be enthusiastic about teaching and the subject matter,
and also be involved, caring, knowledgeable and flexible. She indicated that teachers
were a major influence on learning, and she hinted that her students were central in her
teaching. However, she also acknowledged that factors such as student diversity in
terms of reasons for going to school, socioeconomic position and students’ home lives
also affected learning. Her teaching philosophy statement gave further support for the
LEARNING TO TEACH 149
teacher’s role as a facilitator. In further elaborations Dallas asserted the need for
learners to evaluate their understanding based on their world view, which might be
different from the teacher’s view. She alluded to teachers giving students the option to
interpersonal skills, both of which she believed she had learnt from her parents, family
and employment. Her parents encouraged and expected Dallas to be well behaved, with
She had been voted into two prefect positions at secondary school, highlighting her
skills were employment in a customer service role for five years which involved solving
problems, and as a teacher assistant and swimming coach. Dallas also described herself
as an outgoing person, traits she believed were inherent in and suited to teaching.
teachers’ work. Again, she attributed her confidence in professional ethics to her
parents. She believed that knowing ‘right from wrong’ would easily transfer into
teaching ethics. Dallas’ portfolio also described a practicum experience in which she
about using open-ended questions, and the difference between social and academic
opposed to simply and blindly following lesson plans. Her reflection included what she
learnt from the experience, what her students were able to demonstrate and concluded
with implications for future lessons. Her conclusion included a range of implications,
from practical tasks (equipment to bring), teacher planning (inform student of lesson
plan and avoiding ‘yes’ questions) and teacher assessment (of student ability to
complete the task to a set criteria). Of particular interest in this reflection was the way
150 LEARNING TO TEACH
Dallas related two of the lesson outcomes/experiences to knowledge she had gained
Dallas had a strong opinion about learning to teach by actual teaching. She
indicated a preference for learning to teach in the actual classroom. There were several
references to learning the most about teaching in her first two years of in-service
I think I will probably learn more in the first two years when I get out than I
have probably the whole time at uni. Because I know when you go on prac the
teachers say ‘Oh, no, we do it this way now or this way is quicker’. So I think
that on the job training. That’s why I like the idea of getting a mentor because I
think they are going to give you so many tricks. [T1:19.54]
While Dallas usually agreed that the university experience helped her learn
about teaching, she emphasised that the practicum component was the most significant
experience provided by the university. She alluded to the opportunity for a trial and
improve skills:
I think it is a little bit of trial and error and you learn from your mistakes and if it
doesn’t work you’re going to do it again or you’re going to change something.
So I think it’s a lot about preparation. If you’re not prepared and you’re not
organised, you’re not enthusiastic and all the other things then really it’s going
to be a disaster. [T1:21.40]
Dallas initially selected physical education as a major because she had been
involved and interested in sport all her life, but in hindsight believed that this was not a
good decision because she was too familiar and confident with the content. She chose
society and environment because she was interested in world events, current affairs and
Dallas was usually confident about her KLA knowledge, although in her
elaboration she felt this level of confidence would change once she actually began
LEARNING TO TEACH 151
teaching. She said her KLA knowledge was sourced from mass media, travel,
university units:
I think I got a lot from the news and current events. I did two of my SOSE units
in [xyz] environment, so a lot of it came from uni. Some of the things are still
from high school, like economics. I have done PE forever. I have never got
anything less than A for PE and I have always done some kind of team sport, so
it’s more from participating than uni. [T1:28.44]
Dallas was usually confident about her awareness of learners; in particular, early
and foundational level learners because of her teacher assistant experience and one
practicum. She was familiar and confident with secondary school due to a practicum
experience. However, she had not taught in the primary years (one to seven) yet, and
In her portfolio, Dallas described a scenario from her second year practicum, in
which she realised the need to differentiate instructions and expectations appropriate to
each student. Her lesson plan showed a strong sense of discovery learning, with
practical and concrete sensory experiences, clear and measurable outcomes and
purposes.
Dallas was unsure about her ability to assess and monitor student learning,
largely because she had limited experience in assessment of students. She cited only one
university assignment on this topic, which she believed was a weakness of her
development, but she had no understanding of what particular levels looked like in
practical examples or work samples. Her elaborations also demonstrated the need for
show what students were doing. While her students participated in the sensory
152 LEARNING TO TEACH
experiences, she instructed the teacher assistant to photograph the students. She chose
photography because her students were not literate, but they were learning
communication skills. The photographs were collated so that the students could use
demonstrated explicit attention to detail that matched the students’ individual needs.
She understood how to construct Individual Education Plans [IEPs] as a result of her
Dallas despised the term ‘pedagogy’, and asserted it was a ‘fancy pants term for
teaching that some expert made up’. Despite her quite extensive experience coaching
and in her teacher assistant position, Dallas rated her level of confidence in pedagogy as
marginally unconfident. She attributed this lack of confidence to not enough experience
in actual classrooms and teaching. She felt this was a limitation of the university
experience:
You are probably not confident till you’ve had more experience. Four pracs in
four years is not enough for me. I am not confident now but I think it will
probably change after this year’s prac. I think you’re more confident with every
prac and I think prac is the underlining thing. It’s where you’re going to learn
the most and get your confidence. [T1:36.50]
statement. Her overriding goal was to provide students with lifelong learning skills to
enable them to thrive outside the school environment. She recognised diversity, and
actively engaged, motivated, independent, creative and problem solvers. Dallas was
surprised about English because she did not believe she was going to enjoy it yet she
did. She was confident in being able to teach most subject areas, except for IT because
she felt the students would probably know more about this than she did.
LEARNING TO TEACH 153
seemed confident with and aligned to. It included students knowing the purpose for
approaches, assessment and setting challenges. It was also very likely that she received
positive feedback and accolades from this experience, which may have contributed to a
Dallas believed she would learn the pedagogy from actually teaching and from
further teaching practicum experiences. This was further confirmed in a reflection from
a unit at university that included several visits to a school to work with a student on a
one-to-one basis. She claimed to have learnt more from the visit to the school than she
had in all the lectures (on the subject). However, in this reflection she demonstrated
Dallas stated that at this stage of her career, she was at saturation point in terms
of being told about teaching and how to do it. She felt she needed to apply her
My fourth year will probably be the most relevant. Third year was really good
with a lot more things I can use. You have a little bit more flexibility, like in one
class the teacher set outcomes but then at the first week we decided each week
what we wanted to cover. I like those that you can actually apply in the
classroom. Theories are good but there is only so much theory you can take.
[T3:33.30]
Typical of Dallas’ ability to forward think and plan goals, she was very clear
about where she saw herself in five years’ time. She planned to work in northern WA
154 LEARNING TO TEACH
for a few years, or spend the next few years teaching overseas and travel while working.
She indicated eventually settling down, buying a house and having a family, but she
wanted to get the travelling and different teaching experiences behind her before doing
those things.
Dallas was highly confident about her dispositions and highly focussed on her
career choice. This had been reinforced by her past and current employment and life
experiences. Dallas entered her course relatively confident in her prior knowledge and
three and a half years. Dallas believed her personal disposition, strengths and skills were
suited to teaching, and her description of effective teaching qualities all aligned and
were attributed to common sense, growing up and employment experiences. She felt she
would learn more about teaching in her first couple of years as a qualified teacher than
from university. In this regard, Dallas was the practical and focussed pre-service
teacher.
For Dallas, her university context did not contribute much new knowledge, but
rather affirmed and put a name and model to what she already knew about teaching and
learning. Her practicum experiences were the most valued, where she learnt the most
about teaching and where she could trial and improvise strategies. She would have
She was confident in terms of her professional aspects, and mainly attributed
this to common sense and her personal experiences as a student and employee. Ethical
knowledge came from her upbringing, which would guide her decision making. KLA
knowledge came from the need to teach something, and she was confident in her
research/inquiry skills. Her knowledge of pedagogy and her learners came from her
she recognised and connected her experiences to theories and jargon she was reading
about and learning. She also had a particular sensitivity for students with special needs,
and recognised diversity in students. She saw the teacher’s role as the primary knower,
but the teacher also had to be highly motivated, enthusiastic and committed to providing
relevant and flexible learning experiences. However, she did acknowledge a change
between the first two years of learning to teach, and the last 18 months. This change
secondary school she had naive and unsophisticated beliefs about the nature of
knowledge and ways of knowing; therefore, knowledge did not ‘stick’. This change,
while not directly attributed to the university experience, saw her change to more
strategic and self-regulatory learning strategies that incorporated her prior knowledge,
critical reflection and having the confidence to challenge ideas. However, she still
For Dallas, the learning to teach experience was largely attributed to her
personal aspects, with practicum school experiences considered the more influential
contexts for learning to teach, and professional knowledge considered common sense.
At this point, Dallas thought she was at ‘saturation’ point in terms of theories and
strategies. She was ready to start teaching and learning her pedagogy on the job. She
recognised her lack of understanding about assessment and monitoring, but she
Education at the same regional campus. She was a mature-aged student aged between
31 and 35 years of age, married with two children aged four and six. Her father had a
Lara went to primary school in the mid-1980s, and secondary school in the
1990s. She completed 12 years of school and a TEE, but did not gain enough points to
enter her chosen course of study, social work. She commenced a Certificate Four in
social services at TAFE to gain access to the social work degree at a metropolitan
university. She did approximately half of the three year degree before withdrawing, due
to her uncertainty about being suited to the career. Before withdrawing, Lara had
changed to an external mode of study, which was not her preferred style, and she felt
industries. During this time, she married and had two children. She decided to start her
education degree so that she would qualify and return to the workforce when her
children started school. At the time of research, Lara was not working.
Lara made the decision to teach after several conversations with a teaching
friend. At the same time, Lara was involved in a drama production and her friend
suggested she could become a drama teacher, which she had not considered a
possibility:
She is a teacher and we were just talking about what I was going to do when I
grow up and I have a love for drama so she suggested maybe I become a drama
teacher, which I never thought of before. I thought teaching was teaching and
that was kind of it. I had not thought about focussing on drama. So I thought I
would give it a go. [T1:24.42]
LEARNING TO TEACH 157
Lara was attracted to teaching because she identified with her teaching friend’s
experiences of challenging and inspiring students. Lara also alluded to teaching having
a special role in society. She described having the ability to contribute to students’ lives
by caring about everyday concerns, and being interested in student’s lives outside
school. Lara’s own love of learning and the desire to pass that on to students was also
an incentive to teach. Lara also enjoyed seeing the students’ responses when they finally
understand something. Lara liked the idea of combining her passion for drama with
teaching. However, the focus on drama did change as she proceeded through her course.
Finally, Lara was drawn to teaching because of her personal love of learning and how
I suppose I like learning and I like seeing someone learn and go through that
next step to the ‘Ahh now I get it’. And not only do you know what that feels
like but you may have helped in that process or showed them how to get there.
Seeing that in your own child’s face, when you are explaining something to
them, I can just imagine seeing it in other kids’ faces as well. It would be very
special. [T1:26.18]
Finally, the thought of returning to retail or mining was not attractive and
encouraged her to seek an alternative career. She did not want to work while her
children were younger, but she did want to consider her options once they went to
school:
The main influences were from those two things but also the fact that I knew
that I didn’t want to go back into it [mining] again. So I needed to find
something else to do and I am a people-person as well. I like people and I like
kids so I think that inherent nature in yourself will help with teaching.
[T2:05.50]
Lara described herself as ‘just average’ at school, but she believed she had
changed now that she was on a career path that motivated and interested her. This was
strengths included dedication to achieving well at university and doing the degree
158 LEARNING TO TEACH
properly because she felt an obligation to her family. She also described herself as
Because I give 110 per cent and nothing less. You know they say ‘P’s get
degrees’ but I don’t know how to do just enough to pass. And there is two
reasons for that. One is that I don’t want to and I’m taking up a lot of my family
time and resources doing this, so I want to show them as well as myself that I
can do as good as I possibly can and give it everything I’ve got. [T2:06.20]
included being too accepting of other people’s beliefs, time management and not being
spontaneous. She liked most people and took them at face value, which she believed
made her vulnerable. Time management was a challenge, as she has a tendency to focus
on what she would like to do rather than what is needed. Finally, she liked to think
about things rather than ‘do things on the spur of the moment’. Academically, she was
challenged by a conflict of priorities because she wanted to take time to learn all the
aspects, but taking too much time affected her family commitments.
Lara listed her qualities that she considered suited to teaching as empathy and as
and valuing pragmatics and communication as a guide to behaviour and action. Lara
stated that:
I think I am flexible, like thinking on your feet when you are teaching and being
able to change the way things go and I don’t get too worried if things don’t turn
out the way they’re planned. I kind of just go, ‘Oh well let’s move on and try
something different’. [T1:26.50]
motivation, care, flexibility and knowledge. She qualified good organisation skills as
including the ability to organise the physical learning environment, as well as planning
for learning experiences during the day. She talked about motivation as enthusiasm for
the job, and enthusing students to learn, which required teacher’s energy and stamina.
LEARNING TO TEACH 159
Her elaboration of being caring implied both caring about students’ affective domains as
well as recognising a diversity of skills and needs among students. In terms of being
and pedagogical knowledge. While not completely confident about teaching, Lara
She believed her biggest challenges would involve the interpersonal skills of
managing student behaviour and dealing with parents. These concerns came from a
I think that goes back to me being too accepting. I try to just take everything
[on]. I wear my heart on my sleeve. So I wouldn’t ever want to be accused of
something. I don’t deal with confrontation very well and I have seen and heard
parents that just attack, and that scares me. But I suppose if I am organised and I
have that knowledge behind me then you can always back it up, whether it’s
face-to-face or in a letter or something. So I have got to get tougher. [T1:31.03]
beliefs. Her understanding of the structure of knowledge was that it was ‘a way of
knowing’. She believed knowledge was an integration of facts that form a big picture.
However, this big picture must also be integrated with the learner’s prior knowledge
and understanding. She believed deep understanding came from active engagement and
careful consideration of the concepts and ideas. In addition, she believed knowledge and
truth were owned by the learner and so the structure of knowledge may be different for
different people:
I have to understand the parts before I can understand the end result. I have to
break it down. I really have to know like all the steps before I can see the big
picture. Like I was saying before, you can understand the parts, but if you don’t
understand the whole as a picture and form your own ideas about that then it is
not a ‘deep’ knowledge. [T1:04.03]
160 LEARNING TO TEACH
Lara took the view that knowledge was not fixed but rather tentative and
evolving. She alluded to there being a depth to understanding based on familiarity with
You can think you know about something but there is always that thing in the
back of your mind that says: Oh, maybe that is not quite right or 100%, maybe I
don’t know everything about that. So that is why it is a bit tentative because you
can always learn more. Even about something that you think you know about.
[T1:09.08]
She implied that the stability of knowledge was conditional because some
knowledge and facts could be fixed and dependent on the context and personal beliefs.
Lara believed knowledge came from eclectic sources. That is, understanding was
using their prior knowledge to reason and make connections with information. While
Lara believed the teacher had a significant influence on what was learnt, she conceded
other factors, such as environment, external factors and the learner, also had an impact.
motivated to learn and interested. In addition, she claimed character traits such as
Yeah, because I didn’t do very well, well I was just average all the way through
high school, but I have worked hard so I have kind of changed that. But I think
that you can change that if you want to with motivation and if you are enjoying
it and you are interested in what you are learning then you’re going to do better
than if you are not really that fussed about it. [T1:17.41]
Lara believed learning and knowing something took time and could be a slow
that it took effort, perseverance and motive on the part of the learner:
Lara was completing a degree that allowed her to teach in years 1 to 10. Her
major KLAs were English and SOSE. Lara commenced her course as a part-time
student to find out the impact on her family. She was expecting to take responsibility for
her own learning. For example, in situations where unknown jargon, acronyms, and
theorists were presented, Lara was reluctant to ask for help because she felt she was the
only one not in the ‘know’ and this compelled her to seek the knowledge for herself:
Theory went through a lot of the units. I remember once Mr X said ‘So you
know about such and such theorists’ and a few people nodded so he assumed
that we already knew. I was just too shy to say anything but I didn’t know
anyone that he was talking about. So from my point of view, we’re adults and
we’re meant to be learning for ourselves, so if you don’t know, go find out.
[T2:32.15]
She recalled thinking teaching was harder than she had expected. She also
recalled differences between her initial experience on a metropolitan campus and the
regional campus. Positive differences included the smaller cohort size and classes and
the more personal nature of the regional campus experience. She had always found
I also thought this campus was much more friendly than the metropolitan
campuses [which were] very impersonal. Here you walk past a lecturer and say
‘hi’ and you are using their names so it was a lot more personal and that’s what I
liked more about that. [T2: 33.47]
In reflection on her university experiences, Lara believed she learnt a great deal
of theory and many practical tasks. She liked to know about theories because she
believed they were grounded in research. She often was able to relate these theories to
concrete representations in her own children and in classrooms. She described having an
I like theories. I just like being able to know that when I can see something
happening in a classroom like it just clicks in my head like ‘Oh, that is such and
such’. Just knowing that the things that we do are grounded in some sort of
162 LEARNING TO TEACH
research. You are able to see it. I can’t say that I follow one [theory] or like one
more than the other. It is a blend of everything. [T3:14.00]
In addition, she also noted that many of the theories were similar or could be
applied to different units and KLAs. This provided consistent threads and the ability to
generalise and revisit in terms of second and third wave teaching/learning. She
I remember doing it [critical reflection strategy] in ABC and I just didn’t get it
and I am thinking ‘this is crazy, like why are we doing this?’ But then we did it
again in XYZ and I understood a bit more. So that was interesting. I suppose that
same strategy being used and then knowing that you’ve grown from there, and
the next dip you get a lot more. So probably now if I did it again, I probably get
more out of it as well. [T2:13.00]
There was also a sense of a new language and acronyms that she had to learn as
That was great but that was tough because that was a third year unit and they
were talking about ‘acronyms’ that I had no clue about. And just the jargon that
you start to use when you’re in third and fourth year that you don’t have a clue
about [in first year]. But I am very resourceful like that and I just made a lot of
notes and went home and did my own research. So I suppose in that way it
helped because you are making your own notes of what is going on. [T2:16.43]
university. Again, Lara liked assignments with practical applications. Sometimes these
produced practical resources and concrete examples of ideas that she could use in
classrooms. Other times it involved practical activities with ‘real’ students; thus, she
was able to apply and make links between theory and practice, which she believed gave
teaching problems. Lara felt these types of assignments forged links between research
and classroom reality and increasingly, she was developing an awareness of the need to
The assignment was very in-depth. We had to choose an area of special needs
and write how you’d include a child with the special need into your classroom.
LEARNING TO TEACH 163
You had to research the special need and then work out what strategies you
would use. It was very useful. Most people picked things that you would find in
the classroom like Asperger syndrome or ADHD [Attention Deficit
Hyperactivity Disorder] or something like that. [T2: 21.42]
Lara learnt about forward planning from assignments. She like the progression
from single lesson, lesson sequences and finally, forward planning. She recalled
learning to work backwards from the final desired student outcomes to design a learning
experience plan. Both the progression and working backwards appealed to Lara because
the ‘big picture’ and ‘steps’ were similar to her learning style. In addition, she
acknowledged and valued forward planning assignments as potential resources for real
teaching, so much so that when she received the lecturer’s feedback from marked
I think I would have struggled with the forward planning in the first couple of
years. But I think now they are very valuable because I make them so I can use
them later on. I seem to target them around the ages that I’d like to work with
later. Whether or not that is going to happen I don’t know but it becomes a
resource. And the feedback that you get from the lecturers, I change it straight
away or do whatever I need to do, because the feedback obviously is very
important. [T3:13.02]
learning to teach, in particular, the structure and organisation of summer and winter
school units. Generally, these were units condensed into a full week. She explained that
while these were heavy and in-depth units, they appealed to her because they were so
focussed and seemed more cohesive. In addition, there was also an element of social
networking because class sizes were smaller. She also indicated that this flexible unit
[I liked them] for the social reason. But also the fact that it is intensive and it is
hard work for that week but then it is done and in those particular units having
the information over a whole semester or 10 weeks, would just be drawing the
process out. I mean obviously some of them you can’t compact because there is
so much information, like the ABC and 123. I would have just struggled with
that because you realise how much is in those ones. But I found summer units
164 LEARNING TO TEACH
much more cohesive because it’s all in one go and you are there and you focus
for the whole week. You family knows that you’re at uni and you’re going to
have homework every night so it’s just do it and get it done. [T2: 02.50]
Lara claimed one of her favourite things about the course was the number and
type of teaching strategies she had learnt. She reported learning about the teaching
perspective because she recognised empirical learning in practice. She identified the
We loved the way that was delivered as well. Lots and lots of activities and
strategies for using with kids. But I loved the way she explains about a strategy,
then she does that in your class. So you get to not only understand at a
theoretical level but you are getting it modelled to you as well as explained and
then you do it as a student and that was very much based around experiential
learning. So we did have our experience and then creatively reflect and then
critically and make new knowledge. So that was something that has just really
stuck with me. [T3:08.02]
She also recognised the incremental and logical thematic development of content
in one core KLA over the four years. She described learning content that was directly
applicable to teaching the core subject and how each year she built on from the previous
year’s theme. In this regard, she recognised her own developmental learning:
I liked the way the KLA units have been broken up into the themes like the
different phases, the oral and early and then middle or fluent and then diverse
learners. [T2:27.45]
I mentioned before that I liked the way the KLA units are run based on the
gradual release of responsibility model, which I really like. [T4:05.07]
There were number of units that Lara did not believe were useful because they
were not relevant to teaching. She believed she would not use the information,
assignment or texts. Two units in particular were ‘a waste of time’ because the content
was too simple and was not tailored to her and other pre-service teachers’ needs. She
knowledge and hence would have provided lecturers with the knowledge to differentiate
instruction.
Another criticism was the marking procedure for one of her units. The exam was
a 50 item multiple choice test where ‘guessing answers’ was discouraged because items
incorrectly marked had a point deducted, whereas if an item was left unanswered it
profound understanding. She believed she understood the theory behind this type of
marking, and that it could provide useful formative feedback to both the student and the
teacher. As a result of this thinking, she believed she would use the strategy in her own
teaching:
In terms of the difference between the first two years and her last two years,
Lara felt the last years were more practical and related to actual teaching in the
assignments, text books and content as opposed to theory in the first years. She felt this
was appropriate and that it matched how she learnt, which involved the ‘big picture’
The first two years was a lot of theory and then the last two years with a lot
more practical information. I think if it was swapped I don’t think the theory
would have made much sense. I think that is the way I learn and I like to know
the basis for why we do certain things. So that worked for me. Also throughout
the whole degree the lecturers have given you lots of strategies in class and
things that you can use later on. If I’m thinking about what we’re actually doing
as well as what we’re meant to be learning, then that’s helping me remember.
[T4:05.07]
Lara also valued assignments that used critical reflection because she believed
being a critical practitioner was a vital element to improving teaching. One of her last
teacher. In her reflective journal, she stated her appreciation for an assessment that
How can you accurately assess a unit that is designed to equip pre-service
teachers with the knowledge that they need to go forward in their career? The
portfolio assessment is a chance for us to develop and expand our skills in a
professional capacity. The link between university and the ‘real’ world seems a
little step closer! (Artefact 1, p. 50)
In her third year, she began to identify with a lecturer’s teaching style. She
described the lecturer’s passion for the subject, use of personal experiences, multiple
and varied explanations (drawing), hints about important things to know and knowledge
of his learners:
There was lots and lots of content and information but delivered in a way that
was interesting and engaging. If you were listening to the lecturer when they say
things like ‘smart players’ or ‘people that want to do well will remember such
and such’ if you’re not listening then you won’t write it down so you miss it. I
think because XYZ is so passionate about that particular subject topic, the way
he describes things was just very relevant and he used his experience a lot of the
time and just putting things in a different way. And I think because it was his
passion and the way he’d do it and if he could see people’s blank looks he’d
change it and he’d do it in different ways. [T3:06.04]
Finally, Lara also completed an external study, which she claimed was not her
preferred style of learning. She acknowledged that she had to be very self-disciplined
and she tended to lose motivation if she did not attend university and was unable to talk
to people:
I wouldn’t have done it externally again had I had my chance over because it
was pretty hard to do externally but I think that was just me and my study
techniques. I think because it was an external unit you know you forget a week,
and you think you will catch up but you don’t. That is how I started my social
work degree. I started it on campus and then I went off campus and I should
know myself. I just lose motivation if I don’t go to a lecture or talking to people
all the time. It’s nice to have a balance. [T3:13.50]
one of her reflective journals that illustrates how Lara’s view of teaching had changed to
Lara did not give detailed accounts of her practicum experiences. However, she
did acknowledge the practicum experience as having the greatest impact on learning to
teach. She also implied that this was the place and time where theory met with practice.
Lara experienced a range of classes across all year levels, which gave her a confident
understanding about the variety of developmental levels and which level she preferred.
practicum. She felt having a theme, such as behaviour management and diverse
learners, was beneficial because it provided a framework for observation. Lara learnt
about an inclusivity framework (Universal Design for Learning Model) and the
Lara viewed the teacher’s role as facilitating learning. She stated this was done
by the teacher providing inspiration or challenges that activated intrigue, interest and
motivation for the learner. She wanted to emphasise ‘helping’ as a type of tactical
To learn something you need to be able to take on board what you have been
given in terms of information. You receive the information and then you process
it and do whatever you have to in your mind to understand it. It’s helping rather
168 LEARNING TO TEACH
than teaching because it is almost like that facilitating thing. So rather than
saying I am the expert and this is what you are meant to learn, you help them
learn the ideas themselves and develop. [T1:19.25]
Lara believed learning to teach was not so much an innate natural ability but
rather a person had to have the disposition to teach. She also believed the ability to
teach developed over time and predominantly from trial and error and some university
experiences. She did not believe she learnt to teach by watching others teach, but rather
from being involved in the process itself. In addition, she explained that students’
behaviour and/or achievement of outcomes influenced her teaching strategies and style:
I suppose some people are born to teach, whether or not they have that natural
ability to pass knowledge on or helping someone develop their concepts and
ideas. So some people have the right aptitude to use those skills to help other
people but I think things can be taught as well and if you have that passion or
that interest that can be taught. Teaching can be taught. [T1:21.40]
In terms of her understanding about teaching, Lara was most confident about her
confidence down to her interpersonal skills, the range of employment experiences, life
experiences and her level of maturity. In addition, she readily recognised the need to
How you interact with your peers, your teaching peers, the admin staff, everyone
on staff in the school, the principal. I am pretty confident with that. I have
worked in a lot of different fields already whether it has been retail, mining or
secretarial or whatever and I have always got along with workmates. Obviously
you come across situations that are ... or people that you don’t really like, but
you just move on and find a way to deal with them. I suppose that comes in with
being professional. [T1:33.49]
She was vice-president of the Parents and Citizens (P&C) association at her
children’s school and she emphasised the need for positive relationships and the
common good. In the case of schools, she felt successful schools had ‘a dedicated and
this regard, she reflected on the importance of the school community. She was not as
confident dealing with parents, and anticipated this would be one of her biggest
challenges. This lack of confidence came from her personal dislike for confrontation.
Lara understood pedagogy to mean her style of teaching and the types of
strategies and activities that she used in the classroom. She tended to be confident in
this area. Her teaching philosophy statement supported a constructivist and holistic
and authentic learning tasks that engage and motivate learners. Holistic teaching was
understanding universal design for learning. Her philosophy statement directly reflected
not only her passion for learning, but how she learns. She wrote:
Lara’s approach to teaching was based on her own learning experiences. She
identified topics relevant to age group, the learner’s motivation and focus, and having
real purposes for learning. Her planning was strategically developed or mapped
backwards from the ‘whole’ task to the steps leading to the complete task. She
acknowledged her role was to scaffold and facilitate learning but students also needed to
be responsible and actively engaged with the tasks. She deliberately incorporated
multiple learning styles in the tasks. In reflecting on her process of planning, she was
unsure of whether this ability was intuitive or learnt from university studies:
That is the way you are going to teach? I think you come in to teaching with
your own stuff behind you so you know or you have a feeling about how you
170 LEARNING TO TEACH
want your classroom to run and we have been taught so many strategies. [T1:
32.19]
Lara tended to be confident about her knowledge of learners. She put this level
of confidence down to one practicum in her first year where she was placed in every
class/level in the school for a period of observation. She believed the experience gave
her a good ‘big picture’ of the levels and stages of development. Both her teaching
philosophy statement and her portfolio recognise the diversity of students and their
contributions to the class dynamics. She also recognised differences in her own children
and believed it was important for teachers to recognise student diversity and
reporting. While she tended to be confident about assessment/monitoring and cited the
university as the source of most of this information, she conceded a lack of practical
I feel like we have had a little bit of that exposure through uni and the feedback
that I have got from the things that I have handed in. So here is the outcome and
this is what we need to do to assess it and where we need to take them, but [I]
tend to be confident once again because I haven’t done a lot of it. I had some
experience in levelling in year 9s and I didn’t get it right. [T1:35.28]
In terms of accountability, she believed this was dependent on the learner rather
than the teacher. However, Lara believed it was the teacher’s role to stimulate interest,
intrigue and purpose for learning and that learners must take responsibility and
style that met the expectations and professional standards of observers, educational
limited. However, she recognised the importance of collegial networks and had
about ‘doing the right thing professionally’. She attributed her understanding and level
I don’t know what it was at the time but now it is ‘how you come across in your
practice’, is that right? How you are ethically professional. Joining the Literacy
Association, and that would be definitely an interest of mine … I think those
networks are very important. [T1:36.05]
Lara was not sure about her level of confidence in KLAs. She explained her
indecision was due to the range of student levels. At this point in time, she did not feel
she had enough content knowledge in the older year groups but she felt confident about
where to access that information. She chose English because she considered it to be area
of strength and she attributed her English KLA knowledge to her secondary school
experiences in English literature. SOSE was her other major and this was chosen for
timetabling reasons.
document on feature articles. Her planning demonstrated support for her ability to
access the appropriate content knowledge needed to teach. She had prepared an
authentic assessment task ahead of the programme implementation, illustrating she used
working backwards from the desired student’s outcome. She understood about
activating students’ prior knowledge about the topic and how she could ascertain whole
class and individual needs (investigation of a ‘good’ sample). She did not explain how
she would ascertain the students’ individual needs, but she did acknowledge how this
was implemented into the assessment task by allowing students to choose their topics.
Once she had identified students’ ‘needs’, she explicitly taught students the
characteristics they had not discovered. Finally, she prepared an outline of their
172 LEARNING TO TEACH
assessment task to guide her students’ independent work on a feature article. Hence, she
In the future, she can see herself teaching in a classroom. She was not in a
position to take up employment outside of her regional centre, and as such, she expected
to be in temporary positions for a few years. She was happy to do this as it might be less
stressful while her children are still young and dependent on her. She expected that with
more actual teaching experience, she would secure a more permanent position.
Lara entered her course as a married, mature-aged student with a young family.
Having previously pursued another university course prior to this experience, she
expected an adult learning environment in which she was responsible for her learning.
She was inspired to teach by encouragement from a teacher friend and because she felt
she had the temperament and disposition to be an effective teacher, as well as passing
on her love of learning. However, she concluded that learning to teach was more
complicated than she had first thought. She was now highly motivated and committed to
her studies. In addition, she had an obligation to her family to do well and place them in
Lara felt being a mother of two children who were within the pre-school and
beginning school experience was significant because she had ‘real’ examples of
For Lara, the practicum context was where she believed she had learnt the most
about teaching. However, she felt the content and theoretical component of her
university experience provided a framework and backdrop for her planning of learning
experiences. Indeed, she believed it was important to know about theories because they
LEARNING TO TEACH 173
were grounded in research. She gained valuable knowledge about learners, in terms of
levels of development and diversity of learning styles, and this was where and how she
In terms of what she had learnt about teaching, she had learnt the pedagogical
knowledge from her university coursework mixed with practicum and parenting
experiences. During her first two years, there were many theories, jargon and acronyms
to learn whereas the last two years involved more practical teaching strategies. She felt
this was in line with her learning style, as the theories offered grounding, justification
and credibility for decisions. Some of her content knowledge came from her university
experiences, which contributed to a process for teaching and facilitating the learning of
that knowledge. She increased her awareness of her own ‘big picture’ small steps
learning style, which influenced how she planned and prepared for lessons. She
demonstrated a constructivist view of teaching and learning, where she liked to build
from what was known, create intrigue and present information that recognised diverse
learners’ needs. Lara also used a working backwards model for her planning of lessons
and sequences.
She attributed her age, maturity, life experiences and employment to high self-
efficacy in terms of professional relationships and ethics and as such, these have not
changed. Her disposition for teaching also remained constant. However, as stated
earlier, her concept of teaching had changed. She retained her lack of confidence
dealing with parents and confrontation. Lara was the protector and nurturing pre-service
teacher. She wanted her classroom to be a ‘safe haven’ for her students. She wanted a
place where her students could gain a love of learning and feel happy and safe.
Hence for Lara, the learning to teach experience was a combination of personal,
professional and contextual factors. Her personal dispositions and parenting combined
with her love of learning at her current university and her professional knowledge
174 LEARNING TO TEACH
grounded in research. Lara felt she needed more practical experience in classrooms with
diverse learners and more content area knowledge. However, she was expecting much
relearning and was confident about accessing information. Additionally, she felt her
ability to be flexible would assist her with diverse learners and behaviours.
LEARNING TO TEACH 175
Education degree at the same regional campus. She was aged between 31–35 years and
is married with three children, aged between six and 13 years. She was born in New
Zealand, but is an Australian citizen. Her father worked in a trade and her mother
worked in retail.
Barb completed her primary and secondary education in New Zealand in the
1980s and 1990s. She completed her fifth form certificate, which is equivalent to year
10 in Australia. She worked briefly in retail, before marrying and starting a family.
During her studies she worked irregularly doing her husband’s bookkeeping but has not
Barb made the decision to teach before she had children and since having
children, her desire and self-efficacy for teaching have been fortified:
I mean I did want to do teaching before I had children but it didn’t happen like
that but I guess once I had them it really consolidated that I have the patience
and that passion to work with children. [T1:27.32]
secondary schooling (year 10) and she held education in high regard because of its
impact on life:
I probably regret not going further with my own education when I had the
chance. I sort of really value education now and want [my] kids to value
education. Just being educated and exposure to good education. [T2:03.07]
176 LEARNING TO TEACH
She had siblings who had returned to study and achieved success, which
encouraged her to attempt teaching. Hence, returning to study was a personal desire to
achieve and prove to herself that she had the ability to obtain a degree:
In addition, she had been involved in her children’s education by helping out
regularly at their school. This experience had given her some insight into the teaching
profession. Barb was also motivated to teach because she wanted to make a difference
to students who were disadvantaged by their lower socioeconomic status. She believed
I feel I work well with kids that are a bit disadvantaged. I can see what other
kids don’t have. I wouldn’t try and make up and try and be a mother as a teacher
but I guess I’m just compassionate and understanding. There are all different
walks of life and those six hours in your class, for some of those kids, is the best
thing of their day. [T1:19.08]
She wrote the following quote on her survey, which also supports her social
justice and life-long learning appeal to teaching ‘Provide a supportive and safe
environment where children can discover through learning about themselves and the
world around them’. Her summary of the appealing aspects of teaching appeared to be
of a personal nature. She genuinely enjoyed being with students and the prospect of
appealing to her.
Barb described herself as above average at school and was therefore expecting to
do reasonably well at university. This was confirmed in her distinction status on her
university transcript. She attributed her ability to being conscientious. She listed her
personal strengths as being compassionate and highly organised. Barb also described
LEARNING TO TEACH 177
herself as focussed on goal setting and having a positive attitude to learning. Her
academic strengths were in English and she felt she had good research and writing
skills. Other academic strengths included problem solving, searching for valid research
knowledge building:
I have to problem solve, I have to get the information my own way otherwise I
don’t get it. So I have to set it out even though I can see sometimes logically
how someone else may have done it. I have to set it out myself. [T1:01.57]
algebra. She felt comprehension of texts was often complicated by jargon and lexically
dense texts. She used a thesaurus as a strategy to overcome this, but acknowledged this
diverse cultures and characteristics; experience with her own children’s development;
and her personal planning and organisation skills. She described effective teachers as
Barb approached learning to teach with an eclectic, but cautious and often
support her thinking or develop a position. However, other times she believed in
forming her own ideas by analysing the information. She discerned facts as certain
knowledge, whereas interpretations were more personal feelings and beliefs that
178 LEARNING TO TEACH
influenced the nature of the knowledge. In this regard, she viewed the structure of
tentative and other times it was stable and fixed. She implied knowledge might be
It comes down to your own personal learning style too. Or the way you possibly
learn it. When I went to school it was all rote learning and sometimes you ‘don’t
get it’. The way of learning it I suppose is the way I interpret that. [T1:05.38]
Barb believed knowledge could come from both authorities and empirical
research. In terms of ability, Barb proposed that sometimes it was fixed and other times
it was improvable; as such, ability was conditional. She indicated factors such as self-
motivation and effort influenced ability. She believed ‘you learn to be a learner’. Barb
took the view that learning was incrementally acquired. She reinforced the idea that
learners were diverse and as such, they learn in different ways and at different speeds.
She also felt that learning took time and effort on behalf of the learner. Barb believed
there was a sense of first wave learning and upon revisiting materials, a different
Barb was completing a degree course that qualified her to teach in primary
schools. Prior to commencing her degree, she completed a UPC, which she believed
was a thorough and useful preparation for mature-aged students and those who had not
studied for a while. She commenced the UPC to decide if she could handle the studying
from both and an academic and workload point of view. She had some reservations
LEARNING TO TEACH 179
(NCEA is the equivalent Year 12 TEE in Australia) and was concerned about the impact
on her family:
I had done a UPC course before commencing studying and the whole purpose of
that was I left school before completing the final exam and I wasn’t sure about
the academic bit and I wanted to know if I could handle study with kids and that
helped with referencing and academic writing. [T2:01.27]
Based on her secondary school experience, she was not expecting to fail any
units and she believed that her ability and conscientious nature would carry her through.
Conversations with her siblings confirmed her expectation that she would need to work
hard:
I mean I am not up in the top per cent but I am just above average which I knew
I was at school anyway. I didn’t think I’d fail a unit, which I haven’t. I’m just
sort of one of the conscientious students that just plods along. I guess having had
my sister and brother go through uni as mature age students as well, I didn’t
think it was all gonna be fun partying. You know how young people all leave
everything to the last minute? I knew you know it’s not going to be easy. You
just have to keep plodding along with everything. [T2:05.00]
She had no particular expectation of the university experience except that she
younger pre-service teachers straight from school, as she felt they were not independent
learners. She was not surprised by the number of mature age students but noticed an
graduates. From her experience at the UPC, she was expecting lectures followed by
tutorials and was surprised when she had one unit in her first year that was in a seminar
format:
In the beginning years we definitely had lectures and tutes. The first seminar I
thought was really quite weird because I had done a prep course and that was
always a lectures and tutes so when I’ve had a seminar, I found that quite
strange at first but ... and now I’ve got a few units like that. I don’t know, it just
felt different being in a smaller group. [T2:06.00]
180 LEARNING TO TEACH
units that linked theory to practice and practicum. She recalled a number of ‘good’
real teaching issues, having relevant teaching application, planning and preparation for
teaching, applying frameworks to investigations, and group work. Real teaching issues
student anxiety. Barb learnt about KLA knowledge, such as recycling. She also learnt
about teacher/student communication and how important it was to listen to students and
question them in order to elaborate their understanding and expand their language. Barb
learnt about the impact of didactic teaching styles on students’ subject area anxiety:
I think the lecturer helped as well because she addressed key learning area
anxiety and why we had anxiety and linked it back to how we were taught and I
know I was taught by rote. She showed us how you can bring literature into
KLA, the type of attributes available to help children learn KLA. [T2:10.15]
Barb also recalled learning about subject and concept integration, community
school research and discipline methods. Barb felt planning and preparation type
assignments were practically useful and reusable. In particular, she learnt about a
process for lesson planning that involved brainstorming ideas on a ‘rich’ topic. This was
followed by developing the scope and sequence. Next, she learnt to integrate other
KLAs and finally, planning or making resources for teaching. She also learnt that she
The planning has been so beneficial. I have probably got about three years’
worth of ideas as a whole planner that you could breakdown. It was called a
learning pathway and we had to create a big brainstorm of a theme. Ours was
time and then from that we had to create a learning pathway which was so
beneficial. We broke our time down to memories and integrated throughout all
the learning areas even though it was supposed to be KLA based you could see
all the integration and I know I will pick that up and use it. But the actual
original mind map had endless ideas that would make up enough work for a
year. [T2:15.22]
LEARNING TO TEACH 181
That has probably been one of the most beneficial units I have done because it
introduced all the psychology and the phases of development and cognitive
development and I actually found that unit really effective. The text I still use
now which was a KLA book. It was when we sort of started becoming aware of
SEPH 2 [games] activities as well. The assignment was a group assignment, we
had to come up with a learning experience for children that they were actively
involved in. We had to link it [the lesson] to a theory. Then we had to do a
rationale about the way children learn. Sort of bringing in the theorists.
[T2:08.46]
disparity between university theory and practice to school practices. She readily had
access to teachers through her voluntary work, so she was aware of this disparity. She
mentioned that guest speakers were particularly good at providing more realistic
I think guest speakers are relevant and they are in that field, they have
experience and expertise and they put things into perspective. You hear a lot of
rumours at uni but when you get a guest speaker who really knows their stuff
then you are put straight. [T2:13.06].
Her most common criticism was activities, assignments and units that she
believed were irrelevant to teaching and/or where the purpose was not explicitly
defined. Irrelevant units were most often described as generic units that were
fragmented and it was not clear to her where they fitted into her course or teaching.
Barb completed one summer school experience and a few compacted units. She
enjoyed the summer school unit at the time because it was practical. However, upon
reflection, she did not believe she retained much from it. She also hinted that some
2
SEPH stands for social, emotional, physical health activities and games.
182 LEARNING TO TEACH
content knowledge was better learnt in a realistic classroom context rather than
university:
I am sort of feeling that some of the information I’ll have to go back and read
through. I don’t know if you retain as much in the summer school unit. I know
you’re not going to know everything about kids with special needs until you’ve
got that sort of a child in your class. I don’t know how much I actually retained.
I know you have to include them and there’s support and resources available. I
guess if you’re confronted with a child you’d research, you’d get in contact with
their parents and support services. [T2:14.08]
In addition, prior to her last semester in second year, Barb experienced a kind of
‘meltdown’ where she wasn’t sure if she would complete her studies:
It was a stage I went through and I thought ‘can I really do this?’ It was before
mid-semester break last year and then we had a big trip away and that was when
I was making my mind up whether to keep at it or not. I don’t really know why I
went through that, I just...whether it was just a pressure thing, I don’t know? I do
feel really confident and positive about becoming a teacher now. [T3:15.13]
In summing up her first two years of university, Barb reported it went very
quickly, but she learnt how children learn, about teaching documents and the value of
integration. The main difference between the first and second year was the move from
individual lesson plans to forward planning documents. She felt the timing of this
I don’t think I would have handled those, but I am glad they haven’t been left to
third year either because I know in our KLA planning assignment, we were in
with a lot of third years and at first you feel a bit inadequate, you don’t want to
offer your advice or opinions, but then you just go along with it and the timing
was right for me to do those sorts of assignments. [T2:25.41]
Barb described her final two years of study as ‘more pressured’ with greater
There is a lot more pressure this year. I don’t know whether as you go further
through you are expected to do more or you have higher expectations but I think
definitely this semester’s been the biggest workload I have ever experienced,
even though I’m only doing the three units and prac. I guess with prac though
we still have got that unit attached to it so in hindsight it is four. [T3:16.05]
LEARNING TO TEACH 183
Similarly to her first two years, she identified useful units as those in which rich
The assignment was a portfolio which I have set up and I know I can pick up
and take and use it in the classroom. We did a portfolio for that one as well but
this one was done in the phases of development so there was a KLA based
activity and we had to show integration into other learning areas. So mine is
actually quite a rich teaching resource as a result. [T3:01.30]
Her ability to plan learning experiences had become more flexible and she felt
she was able to generalise more and/or adapt lessons to suit various phases of child
development:
I am getting lots of practical advice and again our assignment is a planning one
so I think you put that little bit more in to an assignment like that because you
know one day you will probably use it. Some of the assignment I’m going to
integrate into the prac that I am on now because it is the same age group. [T3;
08.29]
She appreciated experiences that were more practical activities in schools and
with students. She learnt about administering and interpreting the results of diagnostic
tests completed by a student. This resulted in meaningful research on the strategies and
That was diagnosing a particular child. The assignment was quite big. I got a lot
out of that. We were interpreting her test and then we also had to further our
own knowledge so go and do a bit of research on how to interpret those tests.
And you had to then come up with strategies and how you would implement
some of those strategies in your classroom just to get her more confident as a
KLA but it was just good because I mean, KLA is such a big thing and it was
just practical. Really practical advice or strategies or examples. [T3:04.22]
university and school disparity. In the first incident, she was working with a KLA
specialist mentor teacher who mentioned three problem solving techniques that students
could use. Barb had not heard of the strategies and hence felt a sense of inadequate
preparation from her university experience. The second incident involved visits to a
184 LEARNING TO TEACH
school to teach a student with specific needs in a one-to-one situation. The disparity
came in the form of the practices being promoted by the university to meet the student’s
needs were not being implemented in school practices. Barb was highly critical of the
school because she felt the school was not addressing the student’s needs:
It was good going into a school and seeing a XYZ student, but I didn’t feel that
that student was really included in the curriculum. So it was sort of conflicting
with what we were learning [at university]. So trying to do an assignment where
you’ve got a child that was really at year one level but in a year seven class.
There was a conflict between what we were learning [at university] and what
actually happens in the schools and classrooms. [T3:06.14]
While Barb did not believe her understanding about teaching has changed
between first and second years, she did believe she had a deeper understanding of the
roles in teaching and what she had learnt in her units had been applied on practicum:
Probably a lot more underlining roles that you think you know all about. I think
once you go back on prac everything goes back into perspective and you can see
the benefits of having had some of your units because you get to use that
knowledge or think now that’s why we did that. There’s some connections being
made now because you hear people say ‘Oh, I could do this degree in two years’
or ‘I didn’t learn anything’. And I think ‘how can you say that?’ Ok some units
you might not but yeah, in general. [T3:16.50]
Barb believed practicum was very important and there should be more practicum
experiences; however, she did not describe or elaborate on these experiences when
Practicum should be longer and maybe more. I know it’s hard getting
placements and I do find distributed days challenging, especially this year we
have a chunk of five weeks of two days a week. But I mean pracs are so
valuable, they really are. I mean, I am lucky I have always had a teacher I’ve
jelled with so. [T3:22.02]
of contexts. She recalled her early practicum experiences were not as useful as later
practicum, largely because the mentor teacher believed Barb’s role was to observe:
Ours wasn’t a rural prac, it was one day distributed prac and I didn’t get a lot of
experience because the teacher viewed the first year prac as only observation
LEARNING TO TEACH 185
and the only lesson I got to do was my maths assignment. So I felt like an
apprentice ... or a photocopy lady! [T2:12.05]
in classroom management and diverse learners. Barb felt the university component was
excellent preparation and pre-service teachers received a great deal of information about
classroom management strategies like ‘low key responses’. Additionally, she recalled
learning how to build up a class profile (situational analysis) to inform her teaching and
differentiate instruction:
WPL was great. It was good having a lot of theory backed up. That was the
classroom management and we had to create a philosophy on classroom
management after looking at different theories. We just got a lot of practical
advice. It definitely set us up for prac. [T2:21.28]
Barb did not have any preconceived ideas or understanding about teaching,
however, she drew on her experiences as a parent and as a parent helper in her
children’s school. She believed teaching involved a lot of patience and that teachers
needed to be passionate about their job. Barb preferred the early childhood phase of
development because she was passionate about this age group and she was inspired by
the work of early childhood teachers; in particular, how they coped with the diverse
Barb agreed with the view that teaching was facilitating learning through active
learner engagement. She concluded that the teacher’s role was to scaffold learning
186 LEARNING TO TEACH
based on student’s prior beliefs and by modelling, giving some guided practice until the
That whole constructivist thing. As a teacher you need to scaffold and facilitate
learning. I agree that how much you know does depend on the teacher.
[T1:08.00]
She believed this was achieved by giving some of the responsibility to students
and that students needed to accept responsibility for learning. She did not see learning
as a passive process:
She indicated other variables, such as moods, motivation, peer pressure and/or
home issues, influenced what students learnt and that these may not be within the
In terms of learning to teach, Barb believed this was predominantly by trial and
error, teacher needs-based concerns and subsequent action, and some observing and
imitating of others teaching. She also believed you had to have an aptitude or
disposition for teaching, passion and enjoy working with students. Barb indicated that
Because I think you have to have that sort of ‘nature’. I don’t think it is
something you can just wake up one day and think I’m going to be a teacher.
You have to like kids and be passionate about learning. Not everyone is born to
be a teacher. [T1:18.37]
She described herself as not overly confident, but quietly confident about her
teaching knowledge and ability. She rated herself as tending to be confident about her
KLA knowledge. She saw English/literacy as the foundation for learning and believed it
LEARNING TO TEACH 187
was integrated into all KLAs. However, she believed her content knowledge came from
I was very good at literacy like English at high school but I don’t know ... I have
always loved books, I have loved reading. It is just an area that is incorporated
so much into life and obviously at school you can incorporate it into anything.
You have to. It is the foundation. [T1:23.52]
She mentioned being disadvantaged by not completing her NCEA because she
felt she lacked content knowledge. However, as a result she valued education and was
Possibly, not going any higher in my schooling. Because you touch on some
content that others have done in their schooling. So it was like ‘Oh ...’ So that a
little bit. But not having completed TEE, or whatever you call it here. [T1:28.40]
She also mentioned that she had an aptitude for mathematics in primary school,
but was teased for this and as result she had developed a dislike of maths, particularly
algebra. In her portfolio, she demonstrated understanding about the measurement strand
extended students’ understanding about time. In addition, she made strong links
She described pedagogy as ‘the way you teach’ and tended to be confident about
her pedagogy. She attributed her knowledge of pedagogy to her own parenting skills
I think having had experience with kids and being in the school on parent help,
so you have a bit of knowledge about how a classroom runs. [T2:01.15].
Her parenting skills come from having three children between six and thirteen
years of age and witnessing their physical, cognitive, language and social development.
She was quietly confident that she knew and understood the range of child development
as a result of having three children. In addition, she had been active and regularly
involved as a parent helper at her children’s school. This experience also allowed her to
188 LEARNING TO TEACH
see the range of learners at particular levels and how teachers coped with the range of
abilities. She also had ongoing and regular opportunities to observe teachers in action as
well as being in consultation and dialogue with teachers. She alluded to having a
‘teaching antenna’ that was alert to and sensitive about what the teacher did. She
maintained a file on teaching strategies/resources that she had collected since she
smooth lesson transitions, use of online materials, strategies for activating prior
knowledge and concluding activities. This portfolio also demonstrated her ability to
plan for diverse needs. For example, she used ‘five steps to programme for an IEP
student’, the multiple intelligences, and initiated a support group to strengthen students’
You know like going in and helping as a parent as well. It’s almost like you’re
observing all the time and just taking little bits and sort of like putting it all
together and making it fit to you. [T3:17.55]
Barb also tended to feel confident in her knowledge of learners. She felt she had
a good rapport with her students. She again attributed this knowledge of learners to her
three children’s development. She also believed she was able to work out students’
dynamics and use this to match learning styles, students’ needs and interests:
I tend to be confident. I just think I can make things relevant and practical and
consider everything because I do factor in a lot of things before I take a lesson.
Like I analyse the class and I make sure you know if kids needed visual aid ... or
you know, just your ability grouping of kids. [T1:25.09]
Barb tended to feel confident about her professional relationships with other
teachers. Her experiences helping teachers meant she was already having dialogue with
teachers and thus had already had positive affirmation with in-service teachers. She
LEARNING TO TEACH 189
remained a little cautious about relationships with parents as she described herself as
grading students, writing newsletters to parents and the management and allocation of
Originally, Barb was undecided about her professional ethics because she was
not sure what they were. However, with further clarification, she described ethics as
being related to her code of conduct and the external expectations about her behaviour
as a teacher. She changed her rating to tending to be confident. In addition, her portfolio
awareness of the diverse needs of students, the lesson pace and progress, her students’
content knowledge and student engagement. She had also attended professional
Barb felt least confident about assessment and monitoring as she rated herself as
usually not confident. She attributed the rating to not having seen or done very much
assessment on practicum. In particular, she felt out of her depth with formal assessments
but she was readily able to assess her own lessons for achievement of planned or desired
student outcomes:
I haven’t done any, apart from assessing your own lessons, I haven’t seen any
formal assessment and the whole reporting thing. I haven’t had any exposure to
it on prac. So it is something I am hoping to get some experience on prac
because just now going from levelling to the As, it is formal. I feel confident in
looking at my learning outcomes and seeing if they have been met. I feel
confident doing that but it’s the actual formal reporting. I sat in on a school
meeting where they did learning collaboration so when they were going to
allocate grades so I guess that’s a process you would hope you had within the
school. [T1:25.34]
190 LEARNING TO TEACH
understanding of gathering data to produce a literacy profile for two new students in her
practicum school. This involved the collation of work samples for the portfolio and
Finally, she had also had formal discussions with a school psychologist on an IEP to
discuss the same IEP and she had also reported back to parents.
Barb was expecting and willing to go semi-rural for a teaching position. This
would mean splitting her family up but she did not want to do relief teaching.
Additionally, she felt after her efforts over the past four years she wanted to put her
skills and knowledge into practice immediately. She hinted that she might pursue
Barb entered her course quietly confident about teaching, which was based on
her parenting experiences and her involvement in her children’s education. At the
beginning of her course, she felt she had a good understanding of what was involved in
teaching, which was essentially about dispositional aspects and what she had
Barb was the practical and empirical pre-service teacher. She learnt to teach by
applying content knowledge to her life experiences. Her experiences at university and
learning, which were usually through assignments and some collaborative problem
solving. The assignments directed her learning by providing the obligatory time to sort
collaborative problem solving provided the opportunity for social interaction involving
for teaching. She attributed much of her knowledge and skills to her motivation,
previous schooling, dispositions, and being a parent and parent helper. Hence for Barb,
the personal and contextual aspects had laid the foundations from which her
triggered a shift in her thinking about what teachers do, a performance orientation, to a
In terms of what she needs now, Barb felt she needed teaching experience to
consolidate her understanding about assessment and its role in informing teaching. She
Education course at the same regional campus. She was under 25years of age, single
and living at home with her parents. Her parents were of British origin and she was a
first generation Australian. Her father was a tradesman and her mother had a
professional degree.
early 2000s. She also completed a year 12 certificate and entered university shortly after
completing this. She made the decision to teach while in year 11. She knew she wanted
psychology. She decided on teaching because it was more suited to her disposition. This
was affirmed when she completed an early childhood course in year 11. Jacqui believed
the early childhood experience gave her an insight into teachers’ work and also
I was in year 11 and I just couldn’t really decide. I either wanted to be a child
psychologist or a teacher because I just wanted to work with kids. So then I did
an early childhood unit in year 11. We had to go out to PSs [primary schools]
and just spend one day a week with them and I had a pre-primary class and I
loved it and I thought I’ll do this. [T2:01.41]
Jacqui also recalled a favourite teacher in her own life that had a significant
influence on her and whom she credits for her entry to university. Jacqui was also
attracted to teaching by a sense of moral and civic responsibility; she regarded teaching
as important to society:
Because a good teacher can make a difference to students’ lives and help them
enjoy learning and I want to be one of those people. I remember a really good
teacher I had and how much that impacted on me and how that made me more
successful and to be able to go to uni and I want to be able to give that
opportunity to students as well. And also because you spend so much time at
school it should be a place that you enjoy coming to and I love kids as well.
[T1:31.30]
LEARNING TO TEACH 193
There was also some evidence that Jacqui was more focussed on being a popular
planning; enthusiasm for teaching; patient; and having a passion to teach. She
particularly enjoyed the creative side of teaching that involved planning and organising
exciting and stimulating learning experiences. She was passionate about working with
younger children:
I like children’s individuality as well because once you get sort past year 4 and
5, they want to be like everybody else and that kind of starts to go away. But
younger ones get so excited about small things and they’ll get so into it. [T1:32–
35.00]
She described effective teachers as being hard working and having qualities such
as patience, understanding, and a passion for children and teaching. Her anticipated
challenges in teaching were about behaviour management. In particular, she felt she had
covered the strategies at university and had not had any problems on practicum, but she
was still anxious about behaviour management because of the individual and diverse
student backgrounds:
I haven’t really had any major problems with behaviour management on prac
but it is just something that I am always worried that I mightn’t be able to do it
properly. I think that might be why I prefer younger students. I mean I haven’t
had an official prac with older kids yet but I am quite concerned about behaviour
management with older kids because they won’t take me seriously and being a
194 LEARNING TO TEACH
young person and not being very tall. Or not be taken seriously by parents as
well. [T1:37.33]
schooling. In her university studies she was a credit student. She described her personal
concepts and that these were influenced by personal learning styles and connections
Jacqui was inclined to believe that studying involved looking for facts and that
this was dependent on the purpose for knowing something, such as exams. She
described the purpose of exams as the recall and memorising of factual information.
Jacqui tended to believe knowledge was tentative and changing rather than
fixed. She gave the example of her changed views of teaching since her first year,
indicating that with further investigation and inquiry, knowledge developed and
I was thinking it can be changed later on down the track. Like you can think
something now like what I thought in my first year of teaching and after I
actually did prac, I had different ideas. I think it can change. [T1:08.57]
LEARNING TO TEACH 195
She also claimed that some KLA content might be certain and stable, such as
mathematics, while other areas were less easy to define, such as philosophy. Jacqui
believed knowledge came from empirically researched sources. She stated empirical
research included information from both authority or experts and personal experiences,
but she also alluded to the learner actively and independently constructing meaning:
I think it is both. I think it does get passed down by experts but I also think that
people learn a lot more through their experiences as well ... because sometimes
working though it yourself you learn. You learn better than if someone just tells
you something because you retain it better because you can remember how you
came to that conclusion. [T1:11.31]
Additionally, she suggested that while she had learnt knowledge from her
university experiences, this knowledge needed the practical component and even the
I think I learnt a lot from my pracs because you learn so much at uni but it
doesn’t really make a huge amount of sense until you go on prac and do it. Like
I find that once I do prac everything I have learnt throughout the year just kind
of makes sense to me and I understand it better. I suppose you learn more
through doing and making mistakes as well. [T1:13.31]
Jacqui felt ability was improvable, but sometimes she took the view that ability
was fixed. In her secondary school experience, she described herself as ‘good’ at
English and SOSE, but she found maths and spelling particularly difficult. She also
believed other learner factors, such as motivation and aptitude, could influence learning.
Additionally, she felt some contextual factors, such as parenting styles and/or an
I guess because children all have the capacity to learn it is just the teacher and
whether or not they find what that child needs and brings it out of them. So I
suppose everyone has the ability to learn and it is just whether or not it’s brought
out in the child. But the learner has to work at it. [T1:20.08]
believed the speed of learning was governed by learner variables, such as familiarity
196 LEARNING TO TEACH
with content, and contextual variables, such as critical discussion and interactions that
I think you learn at your own pace because I know in year one and two I was
really behind but then in year three I had a really good teacher and then it just all
worked from there. So everyone develops at different speed and paces.
[T1:14.01]
Jacqui was completing a degree that qualified her to teach in the primary school.
She was expecting a similar learning environment and routines to her secondary
experience and thus she was expecting a somewhat didactic teaching and learning
model. She found calling lecturers by their first name daunting and perceived them as
authority figures.
Jacqui was very conscious of the impact of activities from a student perspective
and this sensitivity prevailed throughout her course. Her concerns were based on her
personal feelings and experiences of various activities as both a past student (primary
school) and how she felt about doing certain strategies at university. These concerns
affected the strategies she chose to use and her lesson planning. She would not choose
activities that made students feel uncomfortable, awkward or embarrassed. She aspired
to be a teacher that students ‘wanted to be in her class’ and she strove to design
enjoyable, exciting lessons that motivated students to participate. She was critical of
lecturers’ and mentor teachers’ strategies and teaching styles and selectively decided if
she would use their strategies based on how it made her feel. She was quick to judge her
matter/teaching level and these dispositions became more important as she progressed
with ‘real’ students and where she could trial strategies or activities and reflect on
students’ responses. In a tabloid activity, Jacqui was able to repeat her task four times.
She reflected on student diversity and she was able to improve the orchestration of the
I liked that one because the assignment was a tabloid day. You had to make up
an activity and then small groups of kids rotated through and it was really good
because you got to do it four times you were really able to reflect on things
because you got to make changes each time. It was a real experience because I
did not know the group of kids. [T2:21.41]
that these assignments/projects were useful because they demonstrated the process of
design, make and appraise and she was involved in the process from a student
perspective. She also believed students would enjoy doing the same types of projects.
However, she did not connect the experience to specific teaching of the KLA:
preparing sequences of learning experiences. Jacqui particularly liked the creative side
of writing lesson plans and learning sequences because they were highly relevant to
students and she could use them on practicum and in future teaching. She also spent a
great deal of time planning and researching creative and different ideas for lessons.
198 LEARNING TO TEACH
debates, games and problem solving. Jacqui remembers much more from this type of
learning because she was engaged at the emotional, cognitive and social levels. Some
concepts were challenging which also meant she wanted to work harder and spend more
There were lots of opinions and the lecturer would throw out a question and wait
for everyone to consider it. I think I remember things better that way because I
learn better through conversations and things. They stick in my mind better than
something that I have read. I think that was probably one of my favourite units
because it was challenging and I studied a lot harder for that one because there
were a lot of new things. I mean when you already get something you don’t tend
to work as hard as if you don’t get it I think that was good as well. [T2:06.50]
Jacqui felt she was given many opportunities to develop ecological knowledge.
the teacher educator modelled procedures and the pre-service teachers carried out the
rationales, skills and knowledge were made explicit to her, but also she had to switch
Basically we spend the whole tutes doing activities. We got to take notes and
things on everything. But the whole tutes would be doing activities and then the
lecture was reinforcement. Sort of did the activity and then like de-briefed on it
and it was good to see and use the resources. Because like some of us remember
this [from school] and other stuff was really cool and I wish I had this when I
was doing prac [T2:16.42—multiple intelligences quiz]
Jacqui recalled learning about and using documents and reference materials that
in-service teachers used. Jacqui felt it was important to have the time to learn about how
the documents were designed, the history/rationale behind them and how they could be
significant activity that contributed to learning to teach. There were several versions of
her philosophy statement; sometimes these were general such as behaviour management
and other times they involved KLA philosophy. However, Jacqui remembered being
given the theories and theorists and then being asked to generate her own philosophical
belief with reasoned evidence. For Jacqui, this was quite a profound task because she
identified changes in her rationale from the first year to the third year. She reasoned the
transformation was from omniscient authority sources (theorist and referenced) in her
That was behavioural management philosophy for the assignment. At the time it
was really good but they said we’d change it over time and when I wrote it I was
quite impressed. Then for another unit I read through it again and I thought ‘why
was I happy about that’. It is a bit useless. But I had time to play with it and I
adjusted it. It just shows how much you have changed. Initially, I was just
talking about all the theories when really it is it wasn’t much about my own
opinion because I wrote that before I had done one prac. [T2:33.13]
terms of learning to teach. Reflection was seen as time to critically respond to an idea
Jacqui felt the quality of her reflections were subject to feelings and moods. Towards
the later part of her course, she also felt reflections were over used:
A lot of the assignments were all reflection based. I had a unit where we have to
reflect on our reflections and I think that is a bit of overkill. Then with the pracs
you are reflecting on your lessons you’re reflecting every day. I find that very
valuable. The other day I went back through and read my prac journal from last
semester and on a bad day I was a bit dramatic. So it’s just how much you are
feeling at the time. [T2:45.28]
negative assignments Jacqui claimed group work was problematic. In particular, she
200 LEARNING TO TEACH
preferred not to do group projects because of work load issues. Jacqui experienced
group assignments where other members ‘did not pull their weight’, which meant she
A second criticism was generic units that were not necessarily related to the
education programme. The main criticisms were irrelevant content and/or simplistic
content. Jacqui felt instruction was not differentiated and as such, she had to labour
evaluations and multiple choice. She disliked multiple choice exams because the
choices distracted her and she disliked short answer questions because she felt you
needed to have precise answers. She identified the in-class essay as a preference
empirically.
believed it was a positive and constructive experience. In particular, she made links
between her own prior student knowledge and experiences in teaching, learning and
theories. She came to understand the explicit rationale behind why teachers do things in
teaching:
You don’t realise you’ve done so much till you look back. Like so many units,
activities, the text books and the theorists and assignments on the theorists.
Because they are things you don’t really think about consciously doing but
knowing that that is an actual theory then you can kind of adapt to it more and
see what it actually does. [T2:42.01]
As with her first two years, the last two years had ‘good’ assignments, which
again had relevant teaching applications, planning and preparation for learning
assignments required rationales and as such, she had to explain her decisions about the
lesson’s structure.
New experiences in the second two years were the development of portfolios,
enthusiasm for their subject. A new type of assignment was the portfolio. Jacqui thought
portfolios were highly relevant, practical and useful teaching resources. Additionally,
portfolios were engaging to set up because they identified the important elements of the
topic or subject:
We made a portfolio which was really good because we did four different topics
within the unit and we did one for all the different year levels so there was
something you could do at whatever year level you had but I think having a
portfolio with all of that positives and negatives and resources and everything in
there is going to be really handy when I am teaching. [T3:05.00]
A new experience for Jacqui was compacted units. The compaction was
considered positive because it was quick and easy to sustain a rigorous routine over a
I liked it because it was just over and done with. I really knew the readings and
things had to be done that night so I really liked the routine. I really liked the
assignment because the portfolios was something that is very relevant to what
we are going to have to do [for a job] and it didn’t really feel like a big
assignment. [T3:12.14]
Jacqui identified assignments that involved assessment, which had not been
covered in her first two years. She learnt about the assessment tests and implementation.
She learnt to diagnose a student’s strengths and challenges from the analysis of the
results:
We will have to look at those sorts of things when we are teaching and most of
the units don’t show you that kind of assignment. Normally it is all planning and
stuff but that is really important to understand. We hadn’t done much with
assessment. It was pretty much all just planning. [T3:11.30]
202 LEARNING TO TEACH
Also apparent in her third and fourth years were her evaluation of lecturers. She
noted lecturers who were enthusiastic about their learning areas and ones that she could
see as real teachers, which had a significant role model impact on her.
Jacqui identified the main differences between her last two years and her first
two years was the ability to draw on practical experiences when thinking through and
In my second year first semester I was actually doing a fourth year unit. I found
them really interesting because I could see a difference between sitting there
then and seeing the fourth years. They just brought a lot more practical
experience though their prac and they knew so much about the schools and
things like that. [T3:28.45]
The fourth year units appeared more relevant and directly related to teaching
than perhaps the other years. She enjoyed lectures and tutorials that were practically
orientated to teaching. She alluded to enjoying stories or lecturers’ real life experiences
in classes and or how they go about doing things. Jacqui believed the university
I think uni is competitive but it makes you work harder. I suppose it is extreme
motivation but I guess more so with the group of people that you tend to
associate with so that is why I always try to associate with the people that do
work harder because they kind of encourage you to work harder. [T3:22.54]
However, she did not believe marks and grades necessarily reflect teaching
Jacqui maintained that exams were stressful, which affected her ability to recall.
Thus, she did not believe exams give a true indication of what she knows. She indicated
LEARNING TO TEACH 203
assignments allowed for deeper processing of knowledge and therefore were more
I prefer assignments because I have got time to leave it and come back to work
on it because I tend to start really early whereas in exams the conditions don’t
necessarily get people showing exactly what they know because you don’t give
them much time to call on that knowledge. Whereas with the assignment, when
you have researched it, you kind of you remember what someone said and I
think you spend more time on a specific aspect in an assignment whereas with
an exam you like spending three or four weeks learning a lot. [T3:23.50]
Initially, she was perhaps a little over confident about teaching but as time passed and
she gained more experience in classrooms and schools, she gained more specific
knowledge about planning learning experiences. This gave her a greater sense of
I am an adult now. I think when I first started uni I was thinking I get all this
stuff and I know what I am talking about, but then every year I can’t believe I
ever thought I knew everything last year. I suppose the prac and the more
children that you are with and all the different people and school environment.
But also I think I am more mature than I was when I started uni. Also the work I
was doing before uni was not so responsible. But then going through pracs there
are a lot of people that are depending on you so it makes you more responsible
and more organised and plan better and I would like to think that I am getting on
top of things earlier since I have gone through uni. [T3:27.21]
Interestingly, while Jacqui felt the practicum experiences were the most
significant in learning to teach, she also liked the university component that was
attached to most of her practicums. She felt the focus on classroom management, lesson
planning and later inclusivity focussed her strategic awareness. Additionally, she learnt
how to do a situational analysis and build up her class profile to inform her teaching:
I liked the idea of having that university contact time because you were more
aware of what you were supposed to do on prac whereas with my first year prac
you kind of were given a booklet and then you went on prac and you just had to
do your ten lessons or whatever it was. So I liked that. [T2:32.20]
204 LEARNING TO TEACH
Jacqui believed the days leading into the practicum blocks were especially
useful for getting to know students but the block practicum should be longer:
I think they are so valuable but I think distributed days are useful to get to know
the kids before you start but I think we need more block [time] than distributed
because you are still not there for a huge portion of the time. [T3:35.17]
Jacqui was expecting to learn a lot more from the sustained final practicum
experience. She preferred the early childhood phase of development because of their
centred, while other times it was about facilitating learning. She indicated teaching was
about understanding students’ needs and meeting those needs. She also alluded to the
learner being the driving force behind the teacher’s decisions about what will take place.
I think the teacher has an important role because if the student is not interested
then that can be related to the teacher not finding what that student needs. I think
in some cases but not in all cases it can be the parents or the family situation.
[T1:24.09]
In terms of the role of learners, she concluded that there was a reciprocal
relationship between teaching and learning; however, in a given learning experience she
I still think that the teacher has to facilitate or keep them interested. If they come
up with one thing and the teacher goes with it, it depends on the teacher. They
are both as important as each other. But the student has to be willing to take on
what you’ve been told and then interpret it and learn it yourself. Telling a
student or someone something isn’t going to make them learn it. They have to
want to actively engage. [T1:22.29]
Jacqui believed she had learnt to teach by trial and error with some influences
from the university experience and students’ behaviours and outcomes. She believed
LEARNING TO TEACH 205
that in observing others teach, she learnt what not to do because she positioned herself
as the student on the receiving end of what she was witnessing. She was not convinced
either way that teaching was an intuitive and instinctive skill. However, she felt some
teachers were really good teachers, but you could also be a good teacher by being
I tend to pick up things I don’t want to do more than I pick up the things that I
do want to do. Like last year, I had a year one class and my mentor teacher was a
really good teacher and she’d been teaching for a really long time but I thought
some of the things that she did with the little kids was horrible. I suppose I think
a lot from what I remember when I was at school and how I felt and because I
was quite emotional and shy. I think I don’t want to do the things that put kids
on the spot when I am teaching. [T1:27.41]
In terms of teaching dimensions, Jacqui was most confident about pedagogy and
teaching and the different strategies used to teach a topic or skill. She was usually
That is the different ways of teaching and strategies. I probably put too much
pressure on myself on prac because every single lesson I do I want it to be
something that my mentor teacher has not seen before so I was there for ages.
My mentor teacher would just give me a week with timeslots and outcomes that
she wanted for me to meet and I would just spend ages trying to find something
different for everything. [T1:42.08]
When talking about her pedagogy she made reference to her practicum
experiences and she stated that while her university experiences (assignment and
classes) were helpful in developing her pedagogical knowledge, these did not develop
fully until she trialled them on practicum. Her philosophy statement acknowledged that
individuals within the class as well as classroom dynamics. The issue of diversity and
inclusivity also affected her ability to facilitate learning. She described a lesson that
activity designed primarily to capture interest or arouse curiosity. This was followed by
opportunities to work in collaboration with other students in mixed ability groups. The
collaborative activities included responsibility for task completion by the whole group
with an accountability measure incorporated, which saw one student report back to the
whole class. The activities themselves were diverse in that they catered for learning
styles identified as oral to written; visual to oral; and cognitive to visual type activities.
Finally, the whole group reconvened for a concluding and feedback activity.
Jacqui was usually confident about her professional relationships. She attributed
her level of confidence and skills to her employment as a retail manager and having to
deal with both staff and customers. In addition, her relationships with her parents and
other family and friends meant she has strong social skills:
I am probably very overly friendly person. I talk to anyone really. I was manager
for a while and dealing with all the other people outside of the shop and then
also the people that were working for me. [T1:46.10]
She described herself as a person who made and maintained friendships easily.
Her philosophy statement again acknowledged that at this point in time she had limited
partnerships with key stakeholders as important. In particular, she described parent and
helpers.
She had an idealist view of her role as a teacher to be inclusive and fair:
To be the facilitator and to work as hard as I can to make sure that every student
has equal opportunity and understands and gets a fair go. I suppose the morning
programme like coming to school and being engaged. [T1:50.10]
She was well aware of the need to reflect critically on her teaching and had
considered areas and actions that would have improved the lesson and how this was
revisiting and adjusting her classroom management philosophy statement, which was
Jacqui was undecided about her general KLA knowledge. She felt confident
about literacy and society and environment, but not so confident about maths or
Probably literacy because I love all the games and things that we did and I love
literacy myself and so I think you can do a lot with that subject and also with
like S&E [Society and Environment]. But with maths, it is not my strongest
point I have to work really hard with maths to be able to teach it well. But my
main fear is spelling. I always get scared I’ll write a word on the board that is
not correct. [T1:39.40]
She attributed her literacy knowledge to her university coursework and her
personal love of the learning area. Her SOSE subject knowledge came from her
secondary school experiences and these experiences were successful. She was readily
able to research any topics she was unfamiliar with. Her main concerns were making
Literacy I learnt here at uni. And S&E, that was my favourite subject at school. I
have done an S&E unit but I think with S&E you can go and research that
yourself and then like make interesting lessons out of it. But the other thing that
I worry about as well is making it interesting because it takes so long to plan.
[T1:40.50]
Jacqui was also undecided about her knowledge of learners. She was
apprehensive about older learners because she was concerned about her own KLA
knowledge, not being able to connect with them and the potential for personality clashes
class meant there would be multiple personalities and as such, students would need to
208 LEARNING TO TEACH
be treated as individuals. She further qualified student diversity in terms of needs, ideas
and levels of independence. She described one way of achieving this was through the
Jacqui was least confident about monitoring and assessing and she confirmed
this in her philosophy statement. She attributed this lack of confidence to inexperience
assessment and evaluation. She believed feedback should be timely, constructive and
relevant. She also implied that assessment should be planned along a time frame so that
multiple pieces of evidence could be gathered. She believed positive and supportive
experiences at school lead to improved feeling about school and improved motivation to
achieve outcomes. She used a small range of assessment strategies such as marking
keys, checklists, and a rating system for keeping class records as well as anecdotal
comments. However, she was unfamiliar with reporting to parents. She believed this
dimension would be built up and developed with practice in the field and advice from
mentor teachers.
Jacqui believed she would remain in teaching for a long time and her preference
was in the early years. She believed she would pursue further studies and specialise in
literacy:
Hopefully teaching somewhere local and hopefully with younger children. Then
hopefully start my masters. But then I would like to do that one day and I used
to think I want to do special needs but now I am thinking probably something to
do with the literacy area. [T3:30.00]
LEARNING TO TEACH 209
Jacqui was a nurturing and creative pre-service teacher. She entered her
coursework relatively confident about both her academic and teaching abilities, which
were largely the result of her own positive school experiences and her upbringing. On
reflection, she conceded she was perhaps overly confident about teaching in her early
years at university. She believed she had the disposition to teach in terms of her
strengths and in her skills suited to teaching. Her description of effective teachers was
quite simplistic and idealistic. Initially, she identified more with the student perspective
than the teacher perspective and also tended to judge and evaluate information and
experiences from this point of view. She also maintained her sensitivity to students’
feelings, in particular not liking to upset students and her desired to be ‘liked’ by the
students.
the theory at university, this was not fully comprehended until practicum. She noted
which moved from theoretical research in her second year to empirical research in her
last draft. She was also expecting more changes with growing experiences. She had
consolidated a lesson planning framework that was driven by her motive to have
creative and engaging lessons. To this end she spent a great deal of time researching
She also acknowledged learning about literacy and integration from her
university experience. Jacqui described gaining an insight into the rationales behind
methods of teaching, teaching documents and the scope and sequence of topics/skills.
These were usually and most effectively learnt collaboratively with modelling,
teaching and her relationships with her learners. It is not explicitly evident that her
epistemological beliefs changed during her university time. However, she did come into
her course directly from secondary school and had some naive perspectives. First, she
saw her lecturers as omniscient authority figures. She thought university would be
similar to secondary school and was expecting to be told what to do and when do it.
Second, her decision to teach was a little idealistic, in that she wanted to teach because
she loved younger children. She was very conscious about how teachers made students
These understandings translated into a teaching style that was eclectic and
dependent on the topic or concept. She believed that sometimes the teacher would need
to be the primary knower who disseminated the facts and other times they inspired
Jacqui talked about ‘managing’ learning experiences and she was very strategic and
concerned with lessons being purposeful but interesting in their engagement of the
learner. Hence, she believed she had learnt to teach from trial and error and autonomous
personal and professional aspects with some influences from the context of university
but more particularly practicum. It was very important for Jacqui to be a popular
teacher. Therefore, learning about the professional side of teaching was important
In terms of what else she needs, Jacqui was most concerned about her lack of
experience and instruction in assessing students and as such, felt she would need
collegial support or professional development to rectify this. She was concerned about
some KLA content, but expected to relearn what she needed in order to teach. There
LEARNING TO TEACH 211
was also some apprehension about teaching older students, hence she had a preference
Education degree at the same regional campus. She was less than 25 years of age, single
and living at home with her parents. She was born in Australia and had lived on a farm
for most of her life. Her father had a trade but he had been a farmer all his working life.
successful in her TEE. Following her secondary schooling, she took a ‘gap year’ and
completed a diploma in remedial massage at TAFE. During this time she also taught
swimming classes and eventually managed the swim school. During her studies, Leah
The decision to teach had always been in the back of Leah’s mind but the
catalyst was the encouragement from parents of students in her swimming classes. She
was attracted to teaching because she wanted to make ‘a difference to someone’s life’.
The aspects that appealed to her were enjoyment of working with children and teaching
It has always been in the back of my mind. I have been doing swimming
teaching ever since leaving school and just working with the kids there and that
kind of pushed me and the parents kind of pushed me to do teaching. And I love
working with kids and teaching them new things so it was just branch off from
there. [T1:02.30]
Leah described her ability as slightly above average at school. She mainly
excelled when she enjoyed the subject. She usually liked to do things properly and well;
however, she conceded that this did not always go to plan. This was validated in her
academic transcript, where she had an average low credit rating but with fluctuations in
grades from distinctions and passes within the same semester. She described her
personal strengths as being open minded, friendly, willing and dedicated. Her academic
LEARNING TO TEACH 213
strengths included being organised, a team worker, thorough and reliable. She described
herself as well grounded, very practical and attributed this to her rural upbringing and
life experiences. She identified her learning styles as ‘learning from doing’. She
believed these experiences had influenced her teaching because she tends to use more
It has made me a more hands-on, a more practical person. I have always learnt
better doing, manipulating and so I like to use that more in the classroom. It has
probably made me a more grounded person because I have had a lot of life
experiences. I have lived in the rural settings, moved to the city and going back
to rural. I kind of know how to adapt and be flexible. [T1:02.00]
Leah’s personal challenges included talking too much and over committing. Her
academic challenges were described as being easily distracted, over committing and
easily stressed.
The personal qualities Leah believed she had that were suited to teaching were
interpersonal and organisational skills, and being open minded to diverse people and
ideas. She described effective teaching skills as having good interpersonal skills, being
a quick thinker, organised, flexible, having a positive attitude towards teaching, and
integrated network of concepts and ideas. She believed a person knew something when
they were able to apply it independently to different contexts/ situations. Leah also
internally constructed. In line with her learning style, Leah was more inclined to believe
and/or experience. She believed knowledge was socially and culturally constructed and
shared because the source could be anyone or thing that was observed, tried out,
experienced and reflected on. Hence, she indicated that knowledge came from research
based on purpose/motive, practical evidence and with connections to the learner’s prior
knowledge. However, there were also some situations in which she saw the source of
Leah also strongly believed ability was improvable but took time. She indicated
that other variables influence ability, in particular, learner variables such as background
knowledge and culture. Additionally, she believed being more familiar with ideas made
it easier and required less effort and time. In contrast, newly introduced concepts
required more effort and time. Additionally, she believed ability was improvable if the
learner was actively engaged and motivated but it could also be influenced by how
Leah commenced her degree in a metropolitan university for six months prior to
transferring to her regional campus. Leah found returning to study quite difficult and
this was compounded by being in a mid-year intake. She found studying difficult
because social networks were already established and the new mid-year students were a
minority group. However, the smaller campus meant it did not take long for her to get to
I like it down here because it is smaller. You actually got to know your lecturers
and you had the same people in your class. It is more friendly down here and
you are not just another person on the role to the lecturer. You are actually a
person. [T2:04.18]
course completion and to learn more about teaching. She had no particular expectation
from the university other than she expected they would provide unit outlines to guide
revolve around ‘good’ assignments, activities and experiences in lectures and tutorials.
Good assignments were the most commonly described experience for Leah and this was
Through assignments that focussed on real educational issues Leah learnt that it
was important to address key issues about teaching and living in rural contexts. Her
understanding of teaching in rural contexts was that it was also important to be involved
in the local community as well as the school. While Leah felt she had a good
understanding of rural issues because of her background, she felt it would be important
to know how to research a regional town so that she could plan what she would need to
doing a presentation using Power Point. She had a small and intimate tutorial group and
this provided an opportunity to ‘teach’ her peers but also an opportunity to build her
Similar to Leah’s learning style, she learnt more from assignments and activities
that had practical construction components or involved investigations with small groups
of children. In one such assignment Leah liked how the elements of the topic were
identify the content elements. Finally, she had to design a lesson incorporating the
elements. In addition, she had to reflect on the procedure, the materials, and make
possible modifications. Leah felt the assignment combined theory (the elements) with
the practical by using teaching documents and planning a lesson using the elements.
This task was considered unique because it was Leah’s first experience and exposure to
the KLA that was both new to the curriculum and new to Leah.
on projects. Leah had to work with other pre-service teachers to design a community
project. The assignment also had a practical component, but she experienced the project
from the perspective of a student. Leah learnt about the importance of reflecting in
We went to a childcare centre, and we did a little secret garden for them which
they loved. We did a presentation about how it fits into active citizenship and
presented that to the class. It actually got us to be active citizens so we were
actually doing it and then we got the kids to demonstrate active citizenship, so it
was good to see both perspectives like you out there doing it but then you are
also reflecting on it by saying how you use act citizenship and how to level
ourselves. [T2:15.34]
Similarly, there were assignments that required her to work in groups to research
a KLA topic and produce a forward planning document. This experience was valued by
Leah because she learnt about topic development, specific lesson planning and lesson
summarise and present to other pre-service teachers. While Leah felt the assignment
was huge, she had learnt a great deal about her topic and gained an invaluable resource
by sharing pamphlets:
Leah had to conduct an oral language activity and transcribe the experience for the
purpose of analysing her language as a teacher. This was a significant and surprising
experience for her as she realised the idiosyncratic nature of her own language and
practical lesson development and planning. These in-class explorations were directly
relevant to teaching and highly valued. The explorations lead to explanation from
elaborations in the form of adapting and integration with different KLAs. Finally, there
was usually a reflection and evaluation of the product, activity or lesson. These
There were lots to learn. I liked the practical side of it where we got to make up
lessons. We were given blocks and he said what can you do with those blocks.
But you had to be very quick and on the ball because he only gave you five
minutes to write the mini lesson plan, which I struggled with. It took me a
couple of weeks to get my head around that because that was the first time I
really had to think about the key learning area. And because I had not taught any
classes up until that stage. But I liked the prac side of it was good. [T2:23.26]
In some units, Leah was challenged to break down tasks into sub-skills and
teaching components. The challenge came from the realisation that she took for granted
the steps involved in certain tasks and she had not thought about the tasks in such detail:
That was good because she taught us how to teach kids the basic things like how
you are supposed to stand when you are catching a ball. I hadn’t really thought
about it in that much detail before. And we had to break down skills then we had
to show correct stance, and then the correct arm movements so we basically
went back to scratch. [T2:25.40]
Other activities involved learning games. This was done in a collaborative way
and Leah had joint responsibility for planning and delivering aspects of a whole lesson
218 LEARNING TO TEACH
to her peers. She collected all the ideas and made them into a booklet, which she has
added to over the four years. In this regard, the collective grouping of ideas and
strategies were generalised and integrated across the curriculum and were considered an
We also did different activities during the day and we actually made up a daily
fitness workbook. It was circuits or rope or warm ups, cool downs, stretches,
different sections. And I have been using that on all my pracs and I have been
adding to it as well so that was very valuable. We all had a section, we had ropes
or warm ups, and then we actually conducted the daily fitness. We had like
different stations that we set up before class and then we showed everyone what
to do and then everyone got to do it. We suggested modifications or something.
So they gave you feedback on how the lesson went. [T2:29.01]
In contrast, she also appreciated units where content was reviewed and/or re-
learnt. This was particularly useful in improving her academic writing skills because she
had not studied for a year prior to entry into university. Participating in ‘catch up’ units
teach pathway was slightly different and out of sequence to other pre-service teachers.
In this regard, she often found herself in classes with more experienced pre-service
teachers. A positive of this experience was the older pre-service teachers were more
familiar with teaching documents and they recalled and shared what they had found
difficult. She indicated that sometimes lecturers were not aware of the inexperience or
lack of instruction in areas such as ‘levels’. In this particular experience, she was
exposed to teaching documents, their purpose and conception much earlier in her
course. Leah felt this was an advantage because it was a preview of what was to come
and when the instruction did come, it was second-hand and she was able to pay more
LEARNING TO TEACH 219
attention and extend her understanding. However, it was also very daunting to be
So I remember there was only three pre-service teachers who were first years in
that class and that was really daunting. And [third years] they all had a pretty
good knowledge. So [lecturer] he paired us up with a third year and they got to
explain it and they explained it in more simple terms so we could understand. So
we got a fairly good look at the levelling system early, which kind of helped in a
way but that was fairly daunting going into that class. I was very scared.
[T2:10.41]
She experienced summer and winter school units. These units were compacted
from a semester’s workload to one week on a full-time basis. While she liked the idea of
being immersed and getting through her units quickly, these units were considered hard
In terms of positive university experiences in her first two years, she listed
collaborative planning and preparation tasks, reviewing and relearning of content, being
with more experienced pre-service teachers and being immersed in contracted units.
Generally, she learnt the theories by being given examples and explanations. In
reinforced the information transmitted in lectures. She felt the building up of knowledge
and language bases were essential in the beginning of her course, whereas the last few
years were more discussion and debate. She claimed the first two years were about
learning the content of core units and elements of the KLAs, so that by third year she
was in a position to have an educated opinion or perspective to debate and interact with
other pre-service teachers. In addition, Leah felt more comfortable in her second two
But as you go on I find that you have more class discussion and more class
involvement because in the start there were a lot of people feeding you all the
info and you needed curriculum framework etc. But as you go along we are
220 LEARNING TO TEACH
discussing things more in classes now. We are talking about things and debating
about things, which we didn’t really do in the first year. [T2:05.50]
involved time consuming assignments, no access to the text book and changes to
These were characterised by ongoing compilation over the whole semester and Leah
found these hard to sustain. There was also a lack of clarity about the difference
between lesson plans and daily work pads that caused Leah some angst.
Leah also found some teaching styles a little frustrating. One experience
involved a lecturer taking the pre-service teachers through experiments in the same way
as students might be taught. Leah felt this wasted a lot of time because the pre-service
teachers could do experiments with a lot less instruction and detail. She found she was
often waiting around although she appreciated the teacher’s knowledge of his subject:
The tutor was a year four teacher. He did experiments with us that he did with
the kids and sometimes he didn’t really put it into the right context because he
would treat us how he would treat a year four class, which kind of made us step
back and say well hang on we are adults. I found that a bit downgrading because
we could have learnt a lot more. But he knew his stuff and he was good.
[T2:19.00]
There were also some experiences that left Leah feeling overwhelmed. These
were generally experiences where she was unfamiliar and struggling to make sense of
the experiences and content. One experience involved working with levels and
outcomes with pre-service teachers who were more experienced (third-year pre-service
teachers). However, Leah thought this was an advantage at the end of the unit.
In her third and fourth years, Leah described similar experiences to her first two
experiences. However, she was more critical of her units than she had been in her first
two years. For example, she described a ‘good’ assignment as a portfolio because it was
a comprehensive resource file for actual teaching and she would readily use it again. In
contrast, the compilation was very time consuming and reflections had to be sustained
One final assignment involved the assessment of a child. Leah thought this was
she valued the practical analysis of the test results of a child. However, she felt actually
administering the test would have been more educational and would have assisted in the
It was hard because you look back at all the tests and everything but there were
so many things that you could have picked on as well. And were those tests just
randomly made up because some of the tests were not reliable because not
everything was filled in. You get more out of it [assessing a real child].
[T3:04.00]
knowledge was more prevalent in her third and fourth years. Again the practical
activities, debriefing about the technical side of the task and potential modifications
I like the activities we did in class as a whole group. We actually got put into the
situation and we got to reflect. I like doing debriefs because you get to hear
other people’s point of view and sometimes you can’t put words to it but other
people can and you feel the same way. [T3:02.30]
Leah also mentioned that more units seemed to be in seminar format with
smaller but more frequent mini lecture components. This facilitated group discussion
and debate but also developed a safe climate for risk taking and thinking in alternative
In another unit she was critical of too many activities. She would have preferred
to do less with greater detail and analysis. Leah felt she had not retained as many of the
strategies as she might have, had they spent more time on them. She hints at deeper
We looked through a lot of activities so it might have been better to like pick a
couple and go into more detail. I know we discussed it in class but it was very
rushed. So even though we have it all written down we got to touch on heaps but
I don’t feel that many of them sunk in. [T3:02.00]
In terms of changes between first two years and the second two years, Leah
believed the first years were theoretically orientated as they concentrated on theories
about child development in various areas. The second two years seemed to be more
about pedagogy and specific content and appropriate strategies. She indicated this was
appropriate in terms of design, because she felt she needed to know about students and
their needs before applying teaching strategies to them. She also alluded to the need for
teaching strategies to be suited to her personal teaching style, which was not apparent or
In first year it was all about child development and how they develop. But later
on it was all about certain content areas and finding activities that suit you as a
teacher. I reckon you need to know where the students are at, to be able to cater
for them. The second two years I think we were learning to apply that in the
classroom and we are doing more forward planners, daily work pad things and
practical documents? We are doing more things that we can use. Because we
know all about the curriculum and the development stages so now we are doing
specific things that we will be able to use later. [T3:09.00]
She also identified two changes to her mindset since first year. First, she
believed she was more confident and willing to try new things. She had become more
reflective and analytical about her teaching and was hence more readily able to take
risks because she knew how to self-evaluate and modify to improve the learning
experience. She had a more positive attitude to accept that things can and will go
wrong:
LEARNING TO TEACH 223
I want to try more new things and be more creative and I am more willing to
experiment and have a go at things and if it doesn’t work. Because before if
something didn’t work I would go ‘oh, my god, I am never doing that again’.
But now if it doesn’t work I go ‘ok, well why didn’t that work? What if I
changed this and tweaked that and then go back and see if it works’. And I can
go ‘ah. haha.’ So it is all about modifying. [T3:11.00]
her first year. However, now she acknowledged a greater understanding of the
orchestration of teaching and the need to vary strategies and approaches, and facilitate
When I first started I was more teacher-directed. But now I know that you need
to have a variety and the students need to be able to construct their own learning
as well so it is more about having that balance. Rather than before I thought you
taught them something and they did it. Now I think you gotta be the facilitator.
You can’t be in front of the classroom like directing everything. They need to try
and figure it out by themselves and you have got to give them that opportunity
too. [T3:14.00]
meetings with a university lecturer and other pre-service teachers to talk about
management of student behaviour and learning engagement. Leah thought this was an
excellent idea for debriefing about her observations and talking through any concerns.
university lecturer and share possible solutions and ideas to address each other’s
problems. This opportunity made clear links between schools and university and
I had issues with one little boy and I just thought that I was the only person
having an issue. Until I got back to uni and found that other pre-service teachers
were having a bad time with either one or two kids and I was like ‘Oh thank God
it is not just me’ because I started taking it a little bit personally. If I do have any
issues I will just stick to my behaviour management plan and as long as I stick to
that and be firm and consistent then he will came around. Once he knew that I
was serious and that I could give him detention, he was fine. I got a lot of
support from my teacher and from the whole class at university and now I know
how to handle that situation. So I learnt a lot from that. [T1:36.13]
224 LEARNING TO TEACH
teaching was facilitating the learning experience. She believed the teacher maintained
some control as they planned and implemented the learning experience, but they were
also conscious of their learners and how students were responding to the experience.
Leah believed the role of the learner was to be active and engaged in learning and she
emphasised that the key to learning was ‘acquiring’ knowledge and understanding in
order to apply and use it in practical life experiences. She qualified this as a process of
building from what the learner knew and in this way the learner was also active and the
learning was internally constructed. In this regard, she saw teaching and learning as
reciprocal in that teachers and learners influenced each other’s actions and decisions.
Leah believed she learnt to teach by trial and error, with the university
experience and students’ behaviours and outcomes as secondary influences. She learns
from practical, hands-on approaches that are both realistic and functional. In describing
how she had learnt to teach, she reaffirmed her learning style. She described being
immersed in theory at university and then making the connections and reflecting while
on the practicum experiences and with the consequence of students’ behaviour and
outcomes. In this regard, she described her learning to teach experience as based on
information from her university studies about theories and trial and reflective
evaluation. Leah believed it was up to the pre-service teachers to make the theory to
practicum connections:
You learn to teach by learning about the theories and the practical. Like to be
immersed in everything, uni and prac. Because sometimes you learn more at
prac or you learn all the theory part at uni but then you put it all into practice and
that is when you actually go ‘oh, ok, this is how this fits in and that is why we
did that or this is how that can be used. [T1:05.00]
Leah was usually confident about her pedagogy and professional relationships
and these were her highest level of confidence. She attributed her pedagogical skills to a
LEARNING TO TEACH 225
The biggest thing that stood out for me was we watched a documentary on
classroom management and the author went through implementing behaviour
management strategies like the low key responses. [T1:30.31]
In addition, her coursework taught her about various models for forward
planning and integration. This was experienced in a few KLAs where she investigated
various elements of key learning areas and how the scope and sequence became more
sophisticated from early childhood to early adolescence. She also recalled many
teaching strategies. She felt the pedagogy for some KLAs was best learnt in the actual
classroom with actual students and immediate feedback. In terms of her experiences
teaching swimming, she believed she learnt about the structure of a lesson and about
giving instructions. She concluded that the art of giving instructions was to keep it basic
and simple.
grounded and as such, she rarely had issues with people in general. She attributed her
outgoing personality to her varied life experiences and settings. In terms of her
swimming school meant she was liaising with parents on a regular basis about progress
Leah tended to be confident about KLA knowledge. She had a preference for
English and believed she had gained most of her English background knowledge from
both university and practicum experiences. In less familiar learning areas, Leah was
I learnt more maths strategies and how to teach lessons and more maths clues on
prac. I can actually see when you are working mathematically, these are the
processes they use. I learnt the concepts of the maths by the way to teach it?
Because at school we learnt all about like adding, subtracting, the functions of
maths but I didn’t realise until prac how to explain that to the kids, which is
what I thought we needed to learn at university. [T1:06.30]
She indicated a number of first experiences in terms of KLAs. She had never
experienced active citizenship, nor technology and enterprise. Both subjects involved
class and assignment work whereby Leah was given practical experiences from the
Leah was unsure about her knowledge of learners. She attributed this to her lack
of teaching experiences. She indicated that some units gave her the theoretical
understanding of phases of development and the sorts of behaviours and skills to expect
at those levels, but she felt she lacked real, practical experience. She also indicated it
was crucial to know about her learners in terms of their knowledge and skills when
planning learning experiences. Leah was concerned with background experiences such
acknowledged learner factors as an influence on what was learnt, she conceded that
teachers could also inspire and challenge learners in their delivery of content and their
Leah was not very confident about assessing and monitoring students. She
She indicated some early experience with levelling students in one of her university
units. In this regard, she believed she had a good understanding but not practice of
levelling. She also acknowledged this understanding came from her university
coursework.
Leah was least confident about professional ethical practice and she rated this as
usually not confident. She mentioned one unit in her education studies whereby she
LEARNING TO TEACH 227
realised her lack of understanding about professional ethics and the various
organisations, systems and policies that were in place. There was evidence that she was
somewhat oblivious to what she did not know but was developing a growing sensitivity
We had a lot of guest speakers. It was good talking to the man from the
department to find out what we actually have to do at the end of our course or
before we had our ATP, and our WACOT registrations. So it was all real
practical information that we needed to know. It was very full on but it was very
worthwhile because before that unit I have no idea. Am I supposed to register?
But now I feel so much better about finishing my ATP—what I am supposed to
do before I got out on ATP and what I have to get organised for. [T3:05.00]
She saw herself involved in teaching in the classroom for the next 10 years,
possibly in a rural community. She did not anticipate further study at university.
Leah’s approach to teaching seemed to reiterate her preferred learning style. Her
learning style was hands-on and practical, with significant engagement between the
content and real life. She believed learning must be socially and culturally
deconstructed and reconstructed in order to be meaningful and she must be able to apply
the new knowledge to other situations and contexts. In this regard, Leah was an
Leah believed the first two years of her coursework involved theories, while the
latter two years were more about pedagogy. She concluded that units in the first two
development and effective teaching and learning theories. In particular, Leah described
her coursework in the first two years as transmission delivery and autonomous
assignments.
knowledge to the practicum. Directed study was provided by the university experience
228 LEARNING TO TEACH
in that the unit content and assignments signalled what was important to know.
knowledge based on personal experiences and assignments. The application came from
knowledge and skills, and where she reflected and evaluated her experiences and
practices. She cited the practicum experiences as the places where she consolidated her
Leah found that with increased confidence, she was more willing to try new
things in her latter two years. She was more reflective, analytical, creative and willing to
experiment. In addition, she reported moving from being teacher-directed teacher in the
first two years to a facilitator of learning in the latter two years. By her second/third
year of study, her awareness of learning styles and theories about motivating learners
were activated and she was integrating those theories with her own learning situations.
Her practical, hands-on approach to learning meant she had to ‘play’ with information
Leah’s personal aspects seem to have been the greatest influence on her
learning. However, she also noted learning some professional aspects such as pedagogy
and some content area knowledge. She attributes some professional knowledge to her
From this point in time, Leah was ready for more practical classroom
understand more about assessment and monitoring which would likely come in the form
of professional development or collegial support from within the school. Finally, she
acknowledged that she would need to relearn a lot of the KLA content, in order to teach
The case studies serve to describe the learning to teach experience in the form of
a narrative framework that emerged from the literature review. The narrative framework
involved organizing raw data into the personal, contextual and professional aspects
experiences, difference between the first and the last two years, and recall of practicum
skills and knowledge according to the KLA content knowledge, pedagogy, knowledge
ethics, which the literature review identified as professional aspects. In the summary of
each case study I attempted to describe the extent to which the personal, contextual and
professional aspects contributed to and influenced learning to teach. For all pre-service
teachers the personal aspects had a consistent influence on their learning about teaching.
For one pre-service teacher the personal aspects had dominated their influence on
learning to teach with the contextual and professional aspects exerting a minor influence
which resulted in a relatively unchanged view about teaching and learning. For several
other cases the personal aspects integrated with either the professional or contextual
aspects to influence learning to teach which resulted in some changes to their thinking
about teaching and learning. However, several cases activated and integrated all three
aspects fairly equally which resulted in quite remarkable changes to their thinking about
teaching and learning. The next chapter examines the extent to which the pre-service
teachers’ experiences were similar and common and the extent to which they were
reported on learning to teach and, in particular, to what extent they attributed their
this chapter I report my analytical comparison of the seven case studies emphasising
similarities and differences. From this comparison of the seven cases I have identified
15 key elements that I have further conceptualised into three overarching themes. In this
chapter I discuss the three themes with regard to: a description; relevant elements; range
of responses; where data is found in the cases studies; and a conclusion. I conclude the
chapter by summarising the extent to which the elements within the themes of personal,
contextual and professional aspects were deemed to influence learning to teach for this
which the themes and elements applied across the individual case studies (Neuman,
2011). Hence, the cross-case analysis involved frequencies of events and interpretations.
Because this is qualitative analysis, frequencies were recorded using the following
terms: all meaning all seven case studies showed evidence of the elements; most
meaning between five and six pre-service teachers; over half meaning four pre-service
teachers; less than half meaning three pre-service teachers; several or some means two
pre-service teachers, and individual cases were named as showing evidence of the
findings.
pursue teaching as a career, influences from their past life that led them into teaching,
their perceived natural skills suited to teaching, and their concept of learning and
approaches (expectations) to learning to teach. The second theme, influences from the
LEARNING TO TEACH 231
based experiences (and their sub-groups of experiences). The third theme, influences of
teaching and learning and the degree to which the pre-service teachers believed they had
developed the knowledge and skills of the six teaching dimensions. It also encompasses
their evolving confidence as a teacher and it represents the teacher they had become as a
Table 5.1 summarises the three themes. It identifies each theme and provides a
qualifying description. This is followed by the introduction of the key elements that
Table 5.1
perception of their ability to teach. The set of influences was generated from the pre-
service teachers’ personal attributes that influenced their role as a learner and as a
232 LEARNING TO TEACH
teacher. It is assumed that these influences of a personal nature are responsible for their
choice of career, sustaining their motivation and approach to their studies and teaching,
and these characteristics are what they fall back on when other understandings and
knowledge escapes them. This theme has six elements that contribute to a perception
and confident vision of themselves as a teacher. Table 5.2 summarises the key elements.
It describes the range of responses and where evidence of each element was found in the
case studies.
Table 5.2
The decision to teach represents the pre-service teachers’ first perception of their
concept of teaching. Before they decided to enrol in a teaching degree, the pre-service
teachers had to evaluate what they knew about teaching and consider their suitability for
the profession. In my study, only one pre-service teacher, Jacqui, made the decision to
Australia report in 2014. Most of the pre-service teachers made the decision to teach 10-
15 years after they had finished their education, however several pre-service teachers
reported a long held desire to teach. All the pre-service teachers in my study reported
multiple reasons for wanting to teach. However, the most common reason given was to
make a difference to students and this altruistic reason remained constant throughout
their pre-service teacher education. The altruistic reason was also interpreted as having
a student-centred focus because all the pre-service teachers identified with particular
groups of students for whom they had empathy and could relate to their needs. The pre-
service teachers’ ability to relate to and identify with students’ needs was usually based
Another influence on their decision to teach was prior experiences with children
or students. Over half of the pre-service teachers were parents and they reported having
universal likes/dislikes, behaviour, the development of the child and how to motivate
children. Similarly, the non-parent pre-service teachers claimed to have had positive
experiences with children, often in the roles such as childcare, coaching or as a teacher
assistant. So, all seven of the pre-service teachers reported having had positive
experiences and relationships with children, in varying forms, that contributed to their
Other reasons for choosing teaching included a long held ‘dream’ to teach, as
was the case for Lulu and Barb, whereas Leah had teaching ‘in the back of her mind’
and Jacqui ‘knew’ she would be involved with children. Annie, Lulu and Jacqui chose
teaching because they had experienced significant teachers in their primary school years
as being inspirational, creative, and having personal and positive academic impact on
them. Annie and Dallas reported having negative secondary school experiences that
Lara and Barb made explicit their desire to engender a love for learning as a
reason to teach, while Annie, Lulu, Dallas, Lara, Barb and Jacqui’s decision to teach
was to motivate students to want to reach their potential by being intrinsically motivated
to want to learn as a life skill. Lara was encouraged by stories from a teaching friend,
whereas Barb was a parent helper in her children’s classes. Leah received
encouragement from others about her suitability for teaching. For Annie and Dallas,
teaching was also a lifestyle choice because it was or would be conducive to child
rearing.
One reason for teaching that was not evident in the literature, but present in my
study, was the empowerment factor. The empowerment factor was described as the time
when a teacher helped a student learn something significant. Annie, Lara and Jacqui
referred to this as the ‘ahaaa’ factor or ‘when the penny drops’. It refers to the moment
when the student moved from not understanding to understanding or being able to apply
the understanding to complete a task. For Lulu, Dallas, Barb and Leah, empowerment
was more about believing in your students and encouraging them to take risks.
Hence, the pre-service teachers in my study had various considered reasons for
wanting to teach and saw teaching as having multiple purposes. These purposes were
centred on students and their achievement of both affective and academic outcomes.
Alexander, 2008; Guarino et al., 2006; Rinke et al., 2014; Walkington, 2005; Watt &
Richardson, 2008).
The decision to teach was also timely. Four of the pre-service teachers were
career switchers and as such, they were goal-orientated, focussed and highly motivated
to achieve a qualification. For Lulu and Lara, there was an additional obligation to their
LEARNING TO TEACH 235
families to do well because of their families’ commitment or sacrifice that enabled them
to pursue teaching.
The remaining three pre-service teachers were embarking on their first career.
First career teachers are thought to have motives for teaching that are based on their
earlier educational experiences (Watt & Richardson, 2008). This was the case for
Jacqui, but not for Dallas and Leah. Both Dallas and Leah had ‘gap’ years (employment
for two years after completing secondary school) with involvement in full-time
employment with children. They had travelled the world and satisfied their desire to
‘freelance’ before committing to their first career. Dallas was particularly focussed on
fast tracking her studies. Jacqui saw starting a career as the next step after completing
secondary school. All pre-service teachers in my study reported being ready to commit
attributed to age but not confined to the older pre-service teachers. Rather, age was
portrayed as having a mature outlook on life and having a variety of life experiences
transferable to teaching. The pre-service teachers reported having experienced broad life
interpersonal skills, and also common sense, critical thinking skills, awareness of
With the exception of Leah and Jacqui, the pre-service teachers’ past educational
experiences had been unsuccessful in terms of their year 12 examination (TEE) or being
limited by leaving school at year 10. However the setback neither deterred them from
making the decision to teach, nor was it an indicator of their success at university.
Instead, it provided the motivation and impetus for making a difference to their
students’ lives. All of the pre-service teachers were determined to succeed and they had
236 LEARNING TO TEACH
achieved higher levels both personally and academically (based on their grade point
average and course completion), than in their secondary educational experiences. Four
of the pre-service teachers had gained distinction and high distinction status at the
tertiary level, whereas the remaining younger pre-service teachers achieved credit
status. This would indicate that for five of the seven pre-service teachers academic
success was more about having personal motivation and commitment to the task of
learning to teach.
In this study, all the pre-service teachers reported having some natural and
intuitive qualities and traits that they believed were suited to teaching, hence they were
relatively confident about becoming ‘good teachers’. Self-efficacy and their perceptions
of a ‘good’ teacher was the product of their previous education, employment, life
experiences, positive experiences with children and personal qualities. All of the pre-
service teachers reported having a high level of interpersonal skills which they thought
were highly desirable for teaching. Teaching was perceived to be about communicating
and developing positive relationships with diverse students, parents and professionals.
Their confidence as a communicator was attributed to the fact that they were
‘personable, easy-going’ people, who tended to ‘get on with most people’. In addition to
having qualities such as strong interpersonal skills and self-motivation, all the pre-
organised person meant being thorough, reliable and systematic about time
management, meeting deadlines and study, while also remaining flexible about things
general reasons for caring, such as wanting to inspire students to want to learn, to more
LEARNING TO TEACH 237
specific reasons such as having empathy for particular groups of students with diverse
needs. The pre-service teachers identified interpersonal and organisational skills and a
Being adult learners, all the pre-service teachers were cognitively aware of how
they learned and they had a range of strategies for learning. However, their
styles were quite different. Their concept of how they learn influences their study
strategies, the degree to which they critically appraise information and their persistence
relativism (Lulu) and hence were quite idiosyncratic (Perry, 1968). However, more were
subjective (Jacqui and Dallas) or relativists (Annie, Lara and Leah), which considering
they were at the end of their coursework, was consistent with previous studies
(Brownlee et al., 2011; Walker et al., 2011). According to Walker et al. pre-service
teachers with dualistic and objective beliefs viewed learning with a limited analysis and
absorbed knowledge from experts or external sources, with the intent to reproduce. Barb
fitted this profile. According to Walker et al. someone with subjective views about
learning describe the process as involving some internal engagement with topics or
concepts with the intention of being able to reproduce or apply the knowledge. Both
Jacqui and Dallas fitted this category. Pre-service teachers, who were developing
relativist views about learning, engage in evaluation and critical analysis of the
information with the intention of making sense and having a simple understanding of
the text or task (Walker et al., 2011). Leah fitted this profile, with the addition of being
able to apply her new knowledge or understanding. Pre-service teachers who were
238 LEARNING TO TEACH
dependent, open to critical analysis and they were aware of a number of perspectives,
including theory. They took an active role in their learning and learnt from multiple
sources, including collaboration with others. Annie, Lulu and Lara fitted this profile.
However, my study also found that sometimes these pre-service teachers could
alternative stance. For example, Jacqui reported she preferred to be told information by
experts and she preferred to learn rather than discover. Conversely, she recognised that
she learnt best when she worked through things herself because by processing the
career switchers and first career pre-service teachers. Two of the younger pre-service
teachers, Dallas and Jacqui, tended to have more subjective epistemological beliefs,
where ideas and information were critically appraised and based on practical
information and as such, sources were usually experts or authority figures. In contrast,
the older pre-service teachers, Annie, Lulu and Lara, were far more sophisticated
relativists who learnt through a process that sought multiple perspectives in order to
gain deep meaning. For Lulu and Annie learning involved immersion and for Lara it
involved seeing the big picture and breaking down the components. All three were
persistent and tenacious about wanting to clearly understand and grasp topics or
concepts.
beliefs, which may be attributed to her limited school experience. She sometimes
believed she did not have the academic grounding from upper secondary subjects that
her fellow pre-service teachers had, and as such she valued education and experts as
LEARNING TO TEACH 239
authorities. Leah, as a first career pre-service teacher, had relativist and more
the education course, taking a ‘gap’ year in which she taught swimming lessons, and her
and how she learns. She felt she learnt from applying her knowledge in practical
applications.
When course topics or subjects were new, most of the pre-service teachers
recognised feeling like a novice because concepts and the language of teaching were
new to them. When experiencing this novice feeling, more of the pre-service teachers
reported using deliberate meaning making strategies such as concept maps and matrixes.
Most of the pre-service teachers felt it was important to know or assign an explicit
purpose for knowing something such as how it related to teaching. Indeed, when the
relevance to teaching or learning was not obvious, motivation waned. They were all
metacognitive and understood their personal learning styles. They were all expecting
goals for themselves. For Annie, the goals were often derived from the unit outcomes,
but additionally she set high standards for herself. Lulu also set goals that involved a
of their courses, six of the pre-service teachers did report that their current approach to
studying and learning had changed since their secondary school experiences. They
reported being more focussed, critical, analytical and motivated to put in time and effort
The seven pre-service teachers also had expectations about how they were going
to learn to teach. Expectations ranged from not knowing very much about teaching to
approaches to learning to teach. Annie and Lulu both approached the course recognising
that they did not know very much about teaching. Therefore, they were expecting to
learn new content and practices. Both these pre-service teachers were expecting to learn
of learners. For these two pre-service teachers, the emphasis was on ‘deep’ levels of
Alternatively, Dallas believed she would learn more about teaching from actual
teaching during practicum experiences. Further, her perception of the course was that
she would be able to fast track her completion because she believed that the course was
relatively easy. She was expecting a transmission learning approach that involved
lectures and tutorials. However, she was expecting to work hard and ‘get good marks’
and she was surprised at how she had become ‘a stickler for doing things properly’
[T1:26.34].
Lara, Barb, Jacqui and Leah fell somewhere between the two approaches
described above. Lara felt obligated to her family to do well and thus approached
learning to teach conscientiously and willing to give ‘110 per cent and nothing less’
[T2:06.20]. Barb wanted to prove she could achieve, but she had no particular
expectation, except she was not expecting the campus component to be easy. Barb
approached learning to teach expecting to work hard. Both were expecting a campus-
LEARNING TO TEACH 241
based programme where they would attend lectures and tutorials, complete assignments
experience. Hence, she was expecting to learn the course material as directed by the
lecturers. She respected her lecturers and mentor teachers’ experiences. She especially
liked hearing ‘teachers’ stories’ and was also expecting to ‘get good marks’. Leah’s
approach to learning to teach was somewhat nonchalant. She was expecting to pass,
learn more about teaching and to put this into play during practicum experiences.
Hence, all the pre-service teachers were expecting a transmission learning experience,
and most felt the university component was an important prerequisite for teaching.
There was a general consensus and expectation from all the pre-service teachers
that they would learn to teach by trial and error and by actual teaching. The practicum
experiences were highly valued which corresponds with previous research (Allen et al.,
2013). All the pre-service teachers envisaged that the practicum experience would
provide them with experiences to call on when planning lessons, making decisions
about teaching and managing students. As a group, the pre-service teachers did not
agree about learning to teach from observing others teach, and learning to teach as a
The analysis of influences of a personal nature implies that most of the seven
pre-service teachers entered their courses possessing a variety of life skills and
and proven successful relationships with students or children. They had a range of
epistemological beliefs which influenced their approach to learning and their approach
compassionate, organised and had multiple reasons for wanting to teach that were
242 LEARNING TO TEACH
predominantly student focussed. These pre-service teachers believed their personal traits
would be conducive to teaching and they saw themselves as having the potential to be
‘good’ teachers. Hence, these pre-service teachers, like others reported in the literature,
(life experiences), such as being a parent, coach, teacher assistant; vicarious experiences
from others; and physiological indicators (emotions), such as feeling passionate about
contends that positive personalities and self-efficacy influenced their approach to their
studies and coursework. The pre-service teachers in my study were expecting to work
hard, take personal responsibility for learning, be independent learners and were
committed to learning to teach. Additionally, they believed they had some knowledge,
experiences and skills that were suited to teaching that enabled them to contribute to
students’ lives in positive ways that would ‘make a difference’. Indeed, this positive
predisposition was what gave Annie resilience when she failed her practicum. It helped
Barb and Lulu to bounce back after considering ‘dropping out’ in their second year.
Thus, it would appear that a ‘healthy’ predisposition to teach may contribute to the
resilience and persistence needed for predictable times of adversity and pressure.
However, this confident disposition also worked in a less positive way for Dallas
because she was less open to learning about teaching from the campus-based
component.
and dispositions are important to identify because it represents the ‘raw material’ or
default function that will be activated when pre-service teachers are presented and
LEARNING TO TEACH 243
challenged with concepts or ideas that are different to their own. Sheridan (2013) asserts
that unless preconceived ideas are identified and challenged, pre-service teachers will be
pragmatic to change and may retain narrow belief systems. This impresses that teacher
The pre-service teachers were asked about their campus (university) and school-
based experiences. The key elements present in this theme tend to indicate responses
that range along a continuum. Table 5.3 summarises the key elements associated with
the influences from the contexts. This is followed by the range of responses and where
Table 5.3
Egocentric versus student- Look and sound like a teacher Artefacts: Lesson planning
centred to think and act like a teacher Philosophy statements
244 LEARNING TO TEACH
activities, the pre-service teachers gained different insights within their units and this
was quite idiosyncratic. For example, when the four pre-service teachers who were
enrolled in the primary to middle school degree course were asked to describe
learning within similar units. In one particular unit, Annie was critical of the unit for
of information. In contrast, Lulu experienced the same unit and was so inspired by the
delivery of the unit that she adopted aspects of the delivery style in her own teaching
style. Lulu reasoned that knowing the explicit purpose and outcomes for each lesson
made learning outcomes transparent and she felt this would work for her students. In
Lara’s account of the same unit she acknowledged the lecturer’s passion for his subject
matter and the different ways of explaining the concepts. Dallas felt the unit was
irrelevant to teaching because the concepts were too difficult and not relevant to
The same individual differences were seen in the primary pre-service teachers.
activities but their interpretation of the experience differed due to their varying
viewpoints. For example, in one unit Jacqui described the assignment as stressful and
time consuming and said she did not learn anything from it about how to teach the
and said she learnt how to integrate a number of KLAs. Leah acknowledged
compacted units offered at summer and winter school. Of the six pre-service teachers
who experienced summer/winter school, two younger pre-service teachers, Dallas and
Jacqui, liked the compactness of the unit because it was ‘over and done with’. However,
Dallas felt the unit was more cohesive in this structure, whereas Jacqui found it easier to
sustain a rigorous study schedule over the shorter timeframe. Annie and Lara felt the
summer/winter school experience did not provide deep learning and what was learnt
was not retained. Lara and Leah reported there were other personal reasons or
conditions for taking summer/winter school units. One condition mentioned by both
Lara and Leah was that the compacted structure was only suited to some units, and in
particular units where the content was easier or where they were more familiar with the
content/subject. Lara said the compacted structure suited family life because of the short
Finally, Annie and Lara found the content of one unit confronting and
challenging, while Lulu and Dallas dismissed the same content as irrelevant. Hence, in
this study, pre-service teachers could be in the same classrooms, experiencing similar
content and activities but receiving different messages, priorities and understandings.
The pre-service teachers appeared to view their experience through personal filters in
environments, the ideal (and ultimate) form is recognised and it interacts with the
understanding. Vygotsky proposed that the presence of the ideal form guides the
learner’s development because they actively engage with the knowledge or activity and
what results is a certain form of the knowledge or activity that is owned internally by
246 LEARNING TO TEACH
the learner. Thus, it would seem that where and when pre-service teachers actively
engage with the knowledge or activity, even at a rudimentary level, they take internal
the unit outlines and assignments. Indeed, assignments were the most often cited
significant feature of their coursework. However, with the exception of Dallas, most
developmental trajectory over the four years. Most of the pre-service teachers felt the
first two years were important for learning the theory and rhetoric of teaching while the
For most of the pre-service teachers in this study, the first two years were
important aspects of the pre-service teachers’ learning in their first two years were
immersion in theories. Most of the pre-service teachers reported being able to make the
theory and practice links based on their campus-based experiences. Additionally, most
campus-based practical components, such as use of ‘real’ student examples (case study
service teachers was the deconstruction and critical self-appraisal of teaching practices,
Several research studies also found that when pre-service teachers’ preconceived ideas
conceptual change (Bronkhorst et al., 2014; Hammerness et al., 2012; Rinke et al.,
2014). This change is further reinforced when it was applied to a practical situation.
Initially, Dallas, Jacqui, Lara, Leah and Barb felt less confident to question or
voice an opinion about topics in their first few years of university classes; however,
Annie and Lulu felt compelled to question and seek clarity. While this implies that in
their first two years the pre-service teachers preferred a didactic and transmission
learning experience, they also expected to take personal responsibility for learning,
engage with information, problem solve, apply themselves and be self-motivated and
independent.
In contrast, during the latter part of their coursework, over half of the pre-service
teachers reported being more confident about voicing an opinion, seeking clarification,
trying new things and they were more analytical and reflective about their practice. This
more active learning style was attributed to having more practical experiences to call on
when analysing, researching, and planning for learning experiences. They began to have
some confidence in their understanding and they integrated their ideas about teaching
with the empirical experiences of teaching, resulting in the emergence of what Morrison
(2013) refers to as tangible frames of reference. In the latter part of their courses, the
they were more confident about judging the worthiness of activities to extend students.
Additionally, the pre-service teachers were more concerned with students’ engagement
In the latter part of their coursework Annie and Lulu started to analyse the
strategies and practices of their lecturers. Jacqui and Leah explicitly reported their
philosophy statements about how students learn had changed from being theoretical and
248 LEARNING TO TEACH
clinical to more personally owned and empirically developed. Over half of the pre-
service teachers mentioned their understanding about teaching and learning had
practices and styles that they did not like. For Annie, Lulu, Dallas, Jacqui and Leah
these included didactic practices that emphasised recall, such as examinations, and there
was also criticism of teaching practices or delivery techniques that were considered
passive. Dallas regarded the lectures as contradictory to the ‘best’ practices being
advocated by the campus-based approach. These practices were criticised for having a
lack of ‘deep understanding’, ‘one answer’ and demanding a regurgitation of facts that
Finally, all the pre-service teachers identified units that they regarded as
teachers and there did not seem to be any pattern or trend. Some witnessed irrelevant
units in their first year, others encountered them in the third year. Some described units
as irrelevant for themselves, but could see that these units might be useful for other pre-
and engagement and they reported more superficial surface level understanding of the
unit or concept, lower grades and often could not recall anything meaningful from the
unit.
knowledge was greatly enhanced by interacting with other pre-service teachers during
discussions and seminar sessions. They specifically noted the benefits of cooperative
and collaborative learning strategies and critically reflecting with others. Their
witness the benefits of working with others. They all felt they would use collaborative
through debate, having to come to a group consensus, taking on specific roles within the
group, listening to the ideas of others and determining different perspectives, bias and
strategies promoted a classroom culture and ethos that encouraged risk taking in
Additionally, Annie, Dallas, Lara and Leah felt the small size of the pre-service
teacher cohort helped develop friendships early because they were often in the same
classes each semester. The regional campus atmosphere was considered more friendly
and social compared to other university experiences that Annie, Jacqui and Leah had
witnessed. Lulu reported ‘bonding’ with other pre-service teachers and having a
common cause as they approached the conclusion of their courses, whereas initially she
Annie, Lulu and Barb also noted a difference between the younger pre-service
teachers and themselves. Annie felt her life experiences and attitude to learning were
different from younger pre-service teachers and she was not impressed with their work
ethics and professionalism. Barb was critical of younger pre-service teachers for not
ideas relevant to the topic in order to build up their own knowledge and to connect ideas
or build arguments. In many cases assignments involved reflection and critical appraisal
250 LEARNING TO TEACH
and as such, the pre-service teachers reported having to actively engage with the
assignments. Over half of the pre-service teachers reported the need to have a ‘deep’
understanding of the concepts and ideas under investigation and this was more often the
case when there was some choice in the topic, year level and style of presentation.
were highly practical and directly applicable to teaching and applied during the
documents.
All of the pre-service teachers reported assignments that were not well received.
For most of the pre-service teachers, exams were disliked because they reported this as
regurgitation and recall of facts rather than having time for deep learning and processing
of information. They also reported a dislike for assignments that they could not readily
apply or see the relevance to teaching. More often the pre-service teachers did not like
assignments in generic units or units outside of the education program because of the
Several pre-service teachers reported assignments that did not align with school
practices.
pre-service teachers reported as less successful in the first year than in the second and
subsequent years. Most pre-service teachers valued group assignments because they
were cooperative and pre-service teachers enjoyed working as a team. However, several
pre-service teachers reported that group assignments were problematic because of the
time required to accomplish the task and if other members did not ‘pull their weight’.
LEARNING TO TEACH 251
exam and a degree of frustration in terms of time wasting. Fragmentation was most
often noted when the pre-service teachers were required to complete generic units
and within units was cited as an influence on the pre-service teachers’ attitude towards
Several pre-service teachers noted strong course cohesion. Lara identified the
development of a KLA over three units. She acknowledged the KLA elements of
teaching were reinforced and repeated with slight modifications over three units. Other
evidence of course cohesion noted by most of the pre-service teachers was the annual
themes which included motivating for learning, management of behaviour and inclusive
teaching. In particular all pre-service teachers identified the themes of student diversity
and the need for inclusive teaching practices, which was emphasised in their third year.
The inclusive theory and practice was emphasised across three to four units, hence,
similar concepts were applied to different curriculum areas. Additionally, most pre-
service teachers noted that when the practicum had a university component, this helped
a theoretical orientation to teaching, the teacher’s role in facilitating learning, and in the
Generally, the practicum involved a variety of experiences across year levels and
types of schools (rural, independent, religious). The pre-service teachers in the primary
252 LEARNING TO TEACH
development, whereas the primary degree pre-service teachers did a different year level
for each practicum. The practicum experiences ranged from 24 to 26 weeks in total,
with primary to middle years having the longer practicum experiences. The practicum
was the time and place where preferences for teaching particular year levels were
formed, with Annie and Lulu preferring secondary school, Barb, Jacqui and Leah opting
All the pre-service teachers valued the practicum experience as the most
significant place for learning to teach, which corresponded with previous studies (Allen,
2009; Graham, 2006; Grootenhoer, 2006). The practicum was credited with being the
activity for trialling and evaluating all aspects of the teacher’s role. All of the pre-
service teachers noted an increased awareness of diverse learners and abilities and
learning how to manage student behaviour. For Lara, Barb, Jacqui and Leah, the
Lulu, Dallas and Lara reported receiving guidance, feedback and advice from
their mentor teachers and from their experience within a school culture and ethos. For
Lulu, the practicum experiences were particularly anxious times when she felt very
nervous about ‘looking the part’ of a teacher. Both Lulu and Dallas described early
practicum experiences as occasions when it was important to ‘look and sound’ like a
teacher. While Lulu strove to emulate her mentor teachers’ routines and classroom
management, she lacked confidence and was unsure of her own teaching style. Annie
recalled not understanding the mentor teacher’s classroom management system and thus
she was unable to use it. Alternatively, Jacqui sought lesson experiences that her mentor
teacher did not use. For Jacqui, each practicum experience confirmed she had made the
right choice of profession. Annie was the only pre-service teacher to experience a failed
LEARNING TO TEACH 253
practicum and she attributed this to a technicality, which she learnt to control in
subsequent practicum.
felt they needed more and longer practicum experiences and most pre-service teachers
felt that the school experiences were most effective when they were supported by a
university unit of study. The university component was valued because it enabled pre-
For most of the pre-service teachers in this study, there was a ‘role’ play stage of
being a teacher during the beginning of their coursework. Learning to teach in the first
two years of the course were characterised by pre-service teachers needing to learn the
theory and rhetoric about teaching through a combination of directed and transmission
learning experiences while being metacognitive and autonomous about their own
learning. The impact of coursework caused some tension between their beliefs and
conception of teaching, their experiences of learning about teaching and their emerging
concept of being a teacher. During this formative period Annie, Lulu and Lara had quite
experience was not as profound for Barb, Jacqui and Leah, but it was nevertheless
considered important and valuable. However, for Dallas, the campus experience was a
necessary interlude, with minimal impact, particularly in the first two years, on her
Most of the pre-service teachers identified aspects of their learning that could be
teaching approaches that could be assimilated into their teaching style. In their final
254 LEARNING TO TEACH
years of study, they reported being more reflective, analytical and critical of their
experiences at both university and on practicum. In addition, they were more willing
and able to generate personal understandings and theories about learning and teaching
practices based on empirical and eclectic sources. Friesen and Besley (2013) suggested
that:
as pre-service teachers are introduced to the beliefs, values, social norms and
role characteristics of the teaching profession in their early coursework and later
professional practice, there is likely to be significant associations between their
identification as a student and as a teacher. (p. 25)
audience perspective and performance orientation in the first two years shifting to a
The third theme to emerge from my study was the pre-service teachers’ evolving
sense of teacher identity. This identity emerged as the pre-service teachers reflected on
what they had learnt about teaching and what they had come to value. They reported
They moved from wanting to ‘look and sound’ like a teacher to having a sense of
of concepts, theories, beliefs and values about teaching. Their teacher identity included
teacher they had become, reflecting their understandings about teachers’ roles; students’
roles as learners; the theoretical beliefs that influenced their approaches to planning,
this early stage of their careers. Table 5.4 summarises the key elements about influences
LEARNING TO TEACH 255
of a professional nature. This is followed by the range of responses and where evidence
Table 5.4
skills, empathy, a positive attitude to teaching, and being organised and flexible. Fewer
than half the pre-service teachers mentioned being knowledgeable or having strong
important. Most of the pre-service teachers were keen to promote lifelong learning for
both their students and themselves but they did not list this as a quality of effective
teachers (Hammerness et al.,2012). All of the pre-service teachers were optimistic about
teaching style, whereby the teacher’s role was to scaffold and facilitate learning. Jacqui
256 LEARNING TO TEACH
and Dallas were the only pre-service teachers to assert that sometimes teaching needed
teaching had changed from transmissive to constructivist since commencing her course,
whereas, Annie, Lara and Barb claimed to have gained a deeper understanding of
The pre-service teachers also expressed that the teaching and learning
relationship was reciprocal by nature, with partnership between the teacher and the
students. All the pre-service teachers described the teachers’ roles as being to inspire,
engage, challenge, evoke curiosity and be enthusiastic and passionate about the content,
subject or teaching in general. They described the learner’s role as being actively
engaged and receptive to information. All of the pre-service teachers recognised that
students learn in different ways and at different rates, and that teaching was planned and
guided by the teacher, with learners activating and making connections to their own
instruction and inclusive practices in order to achieve learning outcomes. The pre-
In this section I report on the pre-service teachers’ self-efficacy ratings of the six
which dimensions the pre-service teachers were most and least confident about by the
end of their course. The six dimensions extrapolated from the review of literature were
pre-service teachers rated themselves from one to seven on a Likert scale that ranged
The most confident dimension for all the pre-service teachers was in
professional relationships. The next most confident dimensions for five of the pre-
service teachers were pedagogy and professional ethics. This was followed to a lesser
degree of confidence (by four pre-service teachers) about knowledge of learners and
KLA content knowledge. The least confident dimension was assessment and
monitoring, with over half of the pre-service teachers reporting not being confident and
one being undecided. According to the overall survey ratings of their professional
dimensions, the most confident pre-service teacher was Dallas and the least confident
All the pre-service teachers in my study reported being confident about their
relationships with their stakeholders. This involved effective communication skills such
study attributed their confidence in this dimension to their personal aspects rather than
interpersonal skills. The level of confidence in this dimension is not surprising because
it aligns with the key findings in influences of a personal nature. Hence, the pre-service
teachers considered this dimension of teaching to be a natural quality that was not
Over half the pre-service teachers were concerned about relationships with
parents of future students. Lara and Barb were most concerned about confrontation with
parents, whereas Annie was concerned with differing values and being careful not to
pre-judge parents. Lulu was not expecting any problems with parents due to her
approach to view any issues as problems to solve together with parents and she was
Annie, Lara, Barb, Jacqui and Leah reported being confident in their
pedagogical skills and this was attributed to being involved with children in the form of
pre-service teachers indicated they understood pedagogy to mean ways and styles of
teaching and knowledge of teaching strategies. Leah talked about pedagogy as personal
practical knowledge (what you know about teaching). Four pre-service teachers agreed
that learning to orchestrate teaching took time and experience and would be an ongoing
process. Dallas’ lack of confidence was attributed to limited time in the classroom.
Lulu’s indecision about pedagogical confidence was attributed to her dependency on her
mentor teachers’ styles and limited practice at developing her own style.
In terms of how pedagogy was learnt, four pre-service teachers reported learning
about pedagogy by being immersed in theory and making connections between theory
and practicum experiences. The immersion in theory was reported to have occurred in
the first two years of university for all pre-service teachers except Dallas. Typically, the
pre-service teachers reported they had eclectic theoretical approaches to teaching that
While not all of the pure elements of these theoretical bases were mentioned all
of the time, the pre-service teachers in my study reported they applied a combination of
LEARNING TO TEACH 259
strategies associated with each approach. Interestingly, these principles were also
consistent with their own personal learning approaches. Hence, to some extent, what
worked for the pre-service teachers’ learning was extended to their teaching approach
Professional ethics was a dimension that five pre-service teachers felt confident
about. However, Annie and Leah reported a lack of confidence in this dimension, which
they attributed to ‘not knowing what they did not know’. Lulu and Lara attributed their
confidence to her upbringing about ‘what was right and wrong’. Four pre-service
Dallas and Barb mentioned ethics as self-reflection and responding to lesson reflections.
professional network organisations. Lara and Barb took professional ethics to be a code
conception; for example the pre-service teachers did not make connections between
justice issue. This finding was consistent with Boon (2011) who found pre-service
teachers had simple and practical views of ethics as an ethos, to do with professional
students. Lulu, Dallas, Lara, Barb and Leah acknowledged that there were external
260 LEARNING TO TEACH
variables that affected learning that were outside the control of either the teacher or the
student. These external variables were described as the student’s affective domain,
learners was seen as a prerequisite to teaching them and to the teacher’s planning of
learning experiences.
Annie, Dallas, Lara and Barb felt confident about their knowledge of learners,
whereas Lulu, Jacqui and Leah were undecided. Lara and Barb attributed their
teacher’s assistant. Annie indicated her knowledge about learners came from university
where she learnt about phases of development and how to assess levels of learners. The
most common concern about knowledge of learners was the pre-service teachers’ lack
of practical teaching experiences combined with the range of student diversity that they
students’ at the individual level, which included both affective and academic domains.
Annie, Lulu, Dallas and Lara felt it was important to know about the whole child in
terms of interests, skills and abilities, home life and life outside of school. Annie, Lulu
and Lara reported the need to also understand the class dynamics, while Dallas, Lara
and Leah mentioned the importance of understanding the influences of the socio-
cultural and home backgrounds on their students. The pre-service teachers were not
overly confident about knowledge of learners, but they saw it as critical to planning
learning experiences that would cater for diversity and differentiate instruction. It was
Lulu, Dallas, Barb and Leah reported feeling confident about their KLA content
knowledge and this was attributed to enjoyment of the KLA. Lara and Jacqui were
LEARNING TO TEACH 261
undecided about their level of confidence and Annie was not confident. All three
attributed their lack of confidence to a lack of practical teaching experiences and lack of
content knowledge in the upper levels of schooling; they also alluded to the variety of
The pre-service teachers reported that their KLA content knowledge came from
various sources; most of the pre-service teachers acknowledge their learning of some
content knowledge from university education. Annie, Dallas, Lara, Barb and Jacqui
claimed most of their content knowledge came from their secondary school experiences.
Five pre-service teachers claimed they learnt their content knowledge from having to
teach it. Dallas, Barb and Jacqui asserted their knowledge came from being interested in
the KLA and pursuing the subject on their own accord. Lulu and Dallas claimed content
skills and being a teacher’s assistant. Dallas claimed her content knowledge came from
Over half the pre-service teachers reported anxiety in some KLAs, which
influenced their approach to learning. Lulu and Annie reported putting in extra effort
and they were rewarded with an increased understanding and respect for the subject
area. For others, there was no deliberate action taken to rectify their lack of knowledge
Finally, the dimension of least confidence for these pre-service teachers was
assessment and monitoring of student learning. Five pre-service teachers reported a lack
of confidence about assessment and monitoring and this was directly attributed to a lack
of experience and instruction at university. Lulu reported her lack of confidence came
from her concerns about how to analyse and interpret results of an assessment task. Lara
and Annie reported being confident and Lara attributed her confidence to having done
262 LEARNING TO TEACH
some grading on a practicum. Annie attributed her high level of confidence to having a
comprehensive understanding of the phases of development, which she had gained from
The influences of a professional nature that were most significant to this study
were the identification of the teacher’s and learner’s roles as a reciprocal relationship.
All the pre-service teachers characterised the teacher’s role as having to facilitate
learning and the learner’s role was to actively engage in activities and knowledge
constructivism and developmental views of teaching and learning that were largely
the pre-service teachers’ planning and teaching, although the pre-service teachers were
not as confident about their knowledge of learners due to their lack of practical
dimensions identified professional strengths and where there was a need for further
reported feeling ready to teach and at ‘saturation’ point in terms of knowledge about
teaching. They were keen to start their careers and to consolidate their knowledge, skills
and hypotheses about how to teach. They were confident about their professional
relations, pedagogy and professional ethics, but were less confident about KLA
knowledge and applying knowledge of learners; the latter were both attributed to the
range of topics, subjects and students yet to be experienced. However, most of the pre-
service teachers were optimistic that these less confident areas would be addressed
They were expecting a ‘new’ phase of learning to teach that would be self-
evaluated and self–reflective and highly influenced by the school and classroom
contexts. All of the pre-service teachers took the view that professional learning will be
Most pre-service teachers did not feel confident about their ability to assess and
interpret students’ learning, but again they felt this would be rectified with professional
assessment and monitoring was surprising, given the current educational emphasis on
national testing and accountability and its emphasis in the university coursework. All of
the pre-service teachers in my study were highly aware of students being diverse
learners and conscious of the need to apply inclusive teaching practices, but their
apparent complacency about assessment implies that they may identify diversity by
observation and judgements rather than practical and informed evidence and analysis of
experiences. Two pre-service teachers had changed their concept of teaching from
constructivist approach by the conclusion of their courses. Over half of the pre-service
their studies. This was encouraging because it indicated that more of the pre-service
teachers were open-minded and critically reflective of their beliefs and experiences.
What remains to be seen is if these new conceptions of teaching and learning are
sustainable once the pre-service teachers move into a school employment context. Chai,
Teo and Lee (2009) found similar constructivist views in their Singaporean pre-service
264 LEARNING TO TEACH
teachers at the end of their course and cautioned in order to maintain this position,
newly qualified teachers would need support and well-designed curriculum materials.
The key elements from the cross-case analysis add support to the notion that
learning to teach is complex and is influenced by the person learning, the context or
environment in which the learning takes place, and the nature of what has to be learnt
about teaching and learning. The extent to which learning to teach was influenced by
the personal, contextual and professional aspects were at the centre of this investigation.
First, the pre-service teachers had made conscious and deliberate decisions to
learn to teach based on their dispositions, self-efficacy and life experiences. Their
characteristics and skills suited to teaching aligned, which also contributed to their self-
efficacy for teaching. Hence, all the pre-service teachers were motivated, expecting to
Second, as adult learners, they were expecting to take control of their learning
their learning strategies and these were also found to be quite unique for each pre-
service teacher. Thus, each pre-service teacher viewed learning through different filters
the topic or subject and their approach to learning. Furthermore, as a learner of teaching,
there were often tensions between the roles of being a learner and teacher. Tensions
were often implicit and practice dominated whereas the university experience was more
explicit and theory dominated. Additionally, the pre-service teacher played many roles
LEARNING TO TEACH 265
with a variety of people and they were subject to assessment by these people. Hence,
Third, the pre-service teachers had a vision of the teacher they wanted to become
based on their past experiences, and learning experiences at university and on the
practicum. For some pre-service teachers, this vision was very different from their
initial pre-university vision. For others, the vision remained constant. Lortie (1975)
described this change of vision as having ‘strong and weak socialization’ experiences in
which participants varied in the degree to which they merged with the values and
models being espoused by the educational communities in which they were involved.
They all had a concept of their teaching style and strong ideals about how they
wanted to teach and what their classroom would look like. These beliefs, associated
with their vision of a teacher, were typically vicarious and idealistic. They were
vicarious because, by their own conviction, they had limited practicum experiences with
limited groups of students. Their beliefs were idealistic because after four years of
learning about teaching and being at the learner end of teaching, they had hypotheses of
teaching that were constructivist and facilitative, at least in philosophy. This was their
launching point and, as such, they were expecting to test their hypotheses and further
develop their philosophy of teaching, both in their early careers and beyond by having
The cross-case analysis has highlighted the key role that the pre-service teachers
influence in all the cases studies as learning to teach was indeed a very personal
journey. The degree to which the learning contexts and professional teacher knowledge
have influenced learning to teach was not as clear cut as the personal aspects. However,
for several of the cases the personal aspects combined with either the professional or
266 LEARNING TO TEACH
contextual aspects to influence what they learnt about teaching. Finally, several cases
activated and integrate all three aspects, resulting in quite remarkable changes to their
teachers in my study; this is only the commencement of their careers and as is the case
for all professionals they have much more to learn about teaching that will be context
dependent. The next chapter uses these three themes to draw some conclusions about
how the activation of one, some or all three aspects can influence approaches to learning
to teach.
LEARNING TO TEACH 267
pre-service teacher education period through the ‘voices’ of seven pre-service teachers.
In the past, universities and teacher education courses have been criticised for a lack of
university and school tensions and inconsistent and conflicting expectations from pre-
service teachers. In my study, these criticisms were evident but not for all of the pre-
service teachers and not all of the time. The data revealed that for some of the pre-
service teachers in my study the theory was considered essential while others felt the
theory was excessive. Some liked transmissive and didactic approaches, others were
adamant this style did not work for them. Some witnessed fragmented coursework,
others saw links or made generalisations between units. Some experienced disparity
between schools and universities, others experienced congruence. Some were expecting
easy course completion, others were anxious about their lack of knowledge for teaching.
Hence, in this study, while pre-service teachers were exposed to similar university
experiences over the four-year period, their learning to teach experience was
learning to teach. First, I assumed that learning to teach, for my seven pre-service
teachers, involved influences from the person who was learning and their personal
characteristics. Second, were influences from the contexts in which the learning took
place, in this case a regional campus and regional schools (practicum); and third, the
influences from the types of professional knowledge and skills that had to be learnt. The
extent to which one, some or all of the themes were activated during the learning to
teach experience was evident in the case study summaries where I proposed that Dallas
appeared to gain very little from her university experience and had not changed her
268 LEARNING TO TEACH
initial conception of teaching and teachers work. In contrast, Annie, Lulu and Lara
gained valuable knowledge and skills from their university experience and in their
orientations to learning to teach influenced what was taken from their campus and
practicum-based experiences and what they had learnt about their profession. This was
consistent with Dutch research by Oosterheert, Vermunt, and Denessen (2002) and
Opfer et al. (2011). Opfer et al. (2011) proposed that orientations were an ‘integrated set
of attributes, beliefs and practices as well as alignment of oneself and one’s ideas to
circumstances and contexts’ (p. 444). In my study, orientations were defined similarly
because they emphasise the extent to which personal attributes acted on what was learnt
(professional knowledge and practices) in given situations and contexts (campus and
practicum-based experiences).
what they learned from their teacher education experiences and to their vision of
teaching. In summarising each case study, it became obvious that for some pre-service
teachers their personal aspects appeared to dominate the learning to teach experience
with very little influence from either the context or their professional knowledge. For
other pre-service teachers there appeared partial influences from their contexts or by
their engagement in the professional aspects of learning to teach. Whilst another group
endorsed personal changes, by the contexts, the professional skills they were learning
and their personal aspects. The extent to which the personal, contextual and professional
aspects were utilised by the seven pre-service teachers implied particular orientations to
identified. In the first orientation, called pragmatic orientation, the personal aspects
were the single most influential impact on learning to teach. The pre-service teacher’s
teachers or teaching, an established view about teaching that did not change or changed
minimally throughout the teacher education period and confidence in their ability to
teach.
personal aspects were influenced by some professional and contextual aspects and these
pre-service teachers recognised that learning to teach required some engagement with
professional knowledge and skills in order to review and refine their knowledge and
professional aspects of teaching learnt in the university context and on practicum. They
learning to teach, the pre-service teachers utilised all three aspects (personal, contextual
and professional). The integrated orientation assigned personal meaning to the theory
and research about teaching and teachers. They saw the need for explicit learning about
teaching and they recognised their own lack of specialised knowledge about teaching.
dynamic and complex (Angus et al., 2007; Grossman et al., 2014; Morrison, 2013), my
teachers may exhibit characteristics from more than one orientation and pre-service
teachers may change their orientation towards learning/learning to teach during their
course or in specific units of study where they may be more or less familiar with the
content. Indeed, I am also not suggesting that these orientations, on exiting their initial
270 LEARNING TO TEACH
teacher education experience, will remain static. As was the case for all the pre-service
teachers in my study, they were expecting to continue learning about teaching long after
their coursework. However, the orientations found in my study can offer teacher
educators some insight into the diversity of pre-service teachers coming into education
The characteristics which defined the three orientations used the elements and
orientation, the personal aspects dominated the learning to teach experience with
minimal influences from the university context or the professional skills and knowledge
orientation to teaching had high self-efficacy for teaching and they believed they
possessed personal skills and knowledge suited to teaching and being a ‘good’ teacher.
This self-evaluation was based on previous, positive personal experiences with children
in the form of coaching, child care or child rearing. In my study, one pre-service
teacher, Dallas, in particular aligned with the pragmatic orientation. The pragmatic pre-
service teacher in my study expected to learn the most about teaching from the
practicum rather than learning from theoretical and evidence based knowledge in the
university context.
believed that teachers had personal qualities, characteristics and innate skills for
teaching. The personal characteristics and innate skills suited to teaching were described
positive and significant adults in their lives and school experiences. Their decision to
LEARNING TO TEACH 271
teach was based on the belief that they could make a difference to their students because
they related well to students and students liked them. Teaching was defined around
characteristics, positive role models, experiences with children and being intrinsically
motivated resulted in high self-efficacy for teaching from the commencement of their
as subjective and based on personal and practical opinions. They believed some
knowledge was fixed, at times knowledge evolved with practice and experience.
with a pragmatic orientation acknowledged learning took time and effort but learners
could have an aptitude or ability for certain skills and subjects. Indeed, Dallas believed
beliefs or identified her bias and she was often reluctant to review, reflect and revise
ideas, strategies or understandings. The lack of a willingness to reflect and engage with
new ideas or ideas different to her own meant her preconceived ideas about teaching
and learning remain intact throughout their coursework. Preconceived ideas about
teaching and learning were often based on her own school experiences and from a
student perspective. The pre-service teacher with a pragmatic orientation often viewed
backgrounds or lack of ability. She may be quick to judge students’ actions and
experience over the university context and she was expecting to learn the most about
teaching from practicum experiences and when employed as a teacher. She believed
272 LEARNING TO TEACH
learning to teach should be practical, on the job training with advice from experienced
teachers. The pre-service teacher with a pragmatic orientation believed learning to teach
involved trial and error of strategies with real students, followed by critical reflection
and feedback on the success of the trialled strategies. Theoretical understandings and
rhetoric tended to be discounted as technical jargon for what was often viewed as
commonsense knowledge and practice. However, some strategies and theories were
accepted if they made logical and practical sense and had been positively ‘field tested’.
did not engage with didactic teaching styles and autonomous learning tasks provided at
university were quickly forgotten unless she deemed the activity to be highly relevant to
teaching. As this type of pre-service teacher had strong subjective opinions, she would
other pre-service teachers in order to consider alternative points of view. She needed to
witness the alternate approach first-hand in order to evaluate its effectiveness against
The pre-service teacher with a pragmatic orientation felt it was more important
for teachers to be enthusiastic about teaching and have a strong desire to work with
children. The teacher was seen as the primary knower and organiser of learning but
content and skills had to be relevant and practical to students’ lives. The pragmatic
orientation saw planning for teaching as involving searching for practical and ready-
made lessons designed by other teachers because these were seen as ‘field tested’. The
practical implications and implementation; and whether she believed students would
At the end of the pre-service teacher education, my study found that the pre-
LEARNING TO TEACH 273
relations, knowledge of learners and professional ethics and these dimensions had not
episode was more teacher-centred than student-centred and as such strategies were
evaluated for teaching rather than strategies for learning. The pre-service teacher with a
this was deemed sufficient for teaching. Pedagogical skills and strategies were based on
tried and tested methods from other teachers or resourced from teacher websites.
enjoyment and completion of the tasks rather than goal orientated student outcomes.
learning to teach was most likely to report that her teacher education experience had
minimal impact on learning to teach or her preparation for teaching. Similarly to past
reject views of teaching that were different to her own and she was less likely to
question or explore where her beliefs had originated (van Huizen et al., 2006). It is also
likely, that when encountering the inevitable ill-defined problems in their first few years
transmission home/school practices that she had experienced and she is likely to
control. The pre-service teacher with a pragmatic orientation in my study was very
confident of her ability to teach and did not anticipate many problems in teaching.
(2002) and the internal and external orientation in the study by Opfer et al. (2011):
however, there was not a clear ‘match’ to their orientations. At its best, the reproductive
274 LEARNING TO TEACH
orientation was focussed on changing teaching performance by using ‘cut and dried’
practical suggestions (p. 44) and the closed orientation described solutions to problems
as ‘happen to occur or pass by’ (p. 44) rather than a more metacognitive and self-
characteristics included using the web, other schools’ or teachers’ ideas as a resource to
improve teaching.
Similar to research carried out by Oosterheert et al. (2002) and Opfer et al.
(2011) the pre-service teacher’s orientation to learning to teach dominated the process
and described what they learnt about teaching. This role was described along a
can be a passive learner in terms of having an established view about teaching and
teacher’s work and being reluctant to actively engage with newly proposed concepts of
teaching and learning in her campus-based experience. For the pre-service teacher with
provided the qualification needed to teach, rather than knowledge about teaching or
teaching skills. The pre-service teacher with a pragmatic approach to learning to teach
were expecting to learn more about teaching from actually teaching in realistic school
that pre-service teachers had to learn that was going to be new to them. These pre-
service teachers also believed they had personal characteristics and skills suited to
teaching based on successful experiences with children and people. While their decision
to teach was also to make a difference to students, the decision was associated with their
orientation, pre-service teachers were expecting to learn the ‘craft’ of teaching from
coursework but the pre-service teacher was responsible for making the theory-to-
practice links while on practicum. The pre-service teachers in my study that portrayed
The pre-service teachers with a transitional orientation also had high self-
efficacy for teaching based on their proven positive experiences with children in roles
such as parenting, coaching or work experience. However, they recognised that there
was more to teaching than having dispositions suited to teaching. They recognised the
expecting to learn theoretical knowledge about teaching and learning early in their
seen as credible.
a relativist view (Perry, 1968). They saw the need to critique and evaluate knowledge
against their own knowledge and experiences and to be willing to make some
compromise to their thinking. Knowledge evolved from familiarity and making sense of
readings or new information. As a result of needing to make some sense of the new
and advice of both their university lecturers and mentor teachers. They expected
learning to be built up over time with further application and practice and they believed
276 LEARNING TO TEACH
teach along a developmental trajectory over the four years. In their early years of
learning to teach they did not feel confident to question and preferred guidance from
lecturers and mentor teachers. They expected to engage with the theory, professionally
make the theory and practice links and this was expected to happen during practicum
when lesson planning required rational and justified decision making. The preferred
students’ behaviour and engagement in the activities they planned were important. They
were willing to experiment and search for creative and practical ways of presenting
content. They recognised their students had diverse backgrounds and as such, they
to take risks and have-a-go. Pre-service teacher with a transitional orientation attributed
their content knowledge to their secondary schooling but they were expecting to do
and pedagogy. They were not as confident about KLA content knowledge, however,
they were confident of knowing how and where to access KLA content knowledge and
LEARNING TO TEACH 277
they were willing to gain deeper understanding. While this type of pre-service teacher
respected student diversity, they were not confident about assessment and
partnership between teachers and learners, with attention to the development of a love
deliberate decision making about how to best facilitate learning through the integration
of ‘rich’ and meaningful topics and subjects. They perceived the teacher’s role was to
scaffold learning and break down tasks. Pre-service teachers with a transitional
orientation enjoyed setting up classrooms that were creative and inviting; and
relationships that were warm but respectful of the need to learn new skills and
and skills had prepared them for continued learning about teaching by being reflective
and developing strong theory and practice links through action research type
In comparison to the research done by Oosterheert et al. (2002) and Opfer et al.,
reproductive, meaning orientation and external orientations. However, again there was
only a partial match. The open reproductive pre-service teachers in the study by
Osterheert et al. relied on external regulation to change teaching practice, while open
because the pre-service teachers recognised gaps in their knowledge about teaching.
Similarly, the external orientation relied on the web, other schools’ and teachers’
278 LEARNING TO TEACH
integrated. This orientation alleged that where and when all three aspects—personal,
learning to teach experience, a robust and rigorous ‘lived’ philosophy for teaching
practitioner’ in that they openly and willingly took a proactive role in their learning.
Pre-service teachers with integrated orientations embraced the total learning to teach
contributions, professional knowledge and skills and campus and school-based contexts.
Hence, these pre-service teachers were more likely to reflect on and challenge their own
practices and seek innovative ways to solve the ill-defined problems that they would
more likely to value their university and practicum experiences together with their
desire for deep understanding and skills about teaching. In my study, Annie, Lulu and
Lara demonstrated the characteristics and understandings most consistent with this
had something to contribute to teaching and their decision to teach was based on an
learners and making a difference to students’ lives. They were ready to commit to the
learning to teach tenure and sought information from additional sources to those
sophisticated and constructivist views about learning as being actively engaged and
LEARNING TO TEACH 279
evaluative about information. They believed knowledge was networks of related and
connected ideas that were constantly evolving and growing as one sought deep
new knowledge and they sought multiple points of view and collaboration with others.
They believed ability was subject to motivation, persistence, time and effort and it was
approached learning to teach with some uncertainty and anxiety about what they do not
know and as such, they expected to see and fill gaps in their knowledge, and to be
highly self-directed and intrinsically motivated. They were open to new ideas and
willing to engage in being critically reflective of their past and current learning and life
theory and rhetoric of teaching because this knowledge informed their teaching and was
these pre-service teachers learnt about teaching and learning they became more
sensitive and metacognitive about their own learning style. The metacognitive aspects
of their learning style were often reflected in their teaching style. They sought to
empower their students to think about their learning and achievement of outcomes.
outcomes/goals and needs were clearly articulated and often negotiated. They valued the
learning. They were highly dedicated and passionate about teaching in order to make a
difference to their students in holistic and life changing ways. The integrated orientated
280 LEARNING TO TEACH
pre-service teachers were more likely to have experienced and reported profound and
represented a mind shift. Their self-efficacy for teaching was quietly confident, but they
At the end of their teacher education, the pre-service teachers with an integrated
however they were expecting ongoing learning about teaching for many years to come.
They were metacognitive and highly reflective about their own teaching and sought to
improve this consistently. These pre-service teachers were aware of shortfalls in their
professional dimensions and they would be eager to pursue further knowledge and
skills. They would likely value professional development courses. Their understanding
of the teaching episode was student-centred and as such they were more inclined to
In the study by Oosterheert et al. (2002) the open meaning orientation was the
closest to the integrated orientation of my study. In the open meaning orientation, pre-
service teachers were highly self-regulative, improved their teaching by improving their
understanding about teaching and learning, used an array of sources, and they were
integrated orientation to teaching represented the other end of the continuum where the
pre-service teacher was actively engaged in learning to teach and open to new ideas.
They approached learning to teach recognising they had much to learn from both the
campus and school-based experience, but, they also recognised internal sources of
learning such as being metacognitive about their learning and setting meaningful goals
LEARNING TO TEACH 281
to seek ‘deep’ understanding about teaching. The integrated orientation to teaching was
about students’ learning and not so much about the pre-service teacher’s teaching.
(Calderhead & Sharrock, 1997; Hattie, 2012; Lortie, 1975; Schussler et al., 2010). The
induction process) and professional development providers; and research. The next
For teacher educators and teacher education programs, the possibility of pre-
the university context had the least influence on pre-service teachers demonstrating a
integrated orientation. However, this does not mean that the pre-service teachers
demonstrating a pragmatic orientation will not change nor does it imply that they will
not be ‘good’ teachers but rather they may not be as open to new ideas as the pre-
willingness to challenge their own perceptions of teaching and learning means those
pre-service teachers exhibiting a pragmatic orientation are less aware of their own bias
and dispositions, and may be reluctant to change because they did not see the need to
Hence, the first quandary for teacher educators is concerned with the need to
activate and orchestrate the personal, contextual and professional aspects for all pre-
service teachers so that the initial and formal learning to teach experience is a profound
one that makes a significant contribution to new understandings about the complex
nature of teaching and being a teacher. As this current study and others have shown,
teacher identity can be expedited or modified during the pre-service teacher education
experience (Friesen & Besley, 2013). One way teacher educators could provide
develop a community of learners (Dinsmore & Wenger, 2006; Koeppen et al., 2000;
understandings about what constitutes teachers’ work and evidence of these skills and
of the concerns identified in chapter 1 such as; theory and practice links; fragmented
education programs have rarely taken advantage of the background experiences that
pre-service teachers bring to their university classroom, nor have they used this
efficacy, are paramount to regular teaching, but it is even more important in adult
learning, where experiences may be ‘rich’ and able to contribute positively to learning
to teach. Additionally and in contrast, past experiences and beliefs may reflect biased or
stereotypical perspectives on teaching and learning that negatively affect what is learnt
LEARNING TO TEACH 283
about teaching (Brouwer & Korthagen, 2005; Weiner & Cohen, 2003). Therefore, it is
highly recommended that teacher educators also apply strategies for activating pre-
service teachers’ backgrounds and assumptions so that reflection and critical analysis of
the effects of holding such views can be identified (Schussler et al., 2010). As was seen
with Dallas, expectations of teaching and learning to teach were heavily influenced by
past experiences, both educationally and from life experiences to such an extent that
they acted as filters that screened out much of the theoretical content. Hence, pre-
service teachers’ preconceived ideas about teaching and learning must be brought to the
turn create disequilibrium that fosters changes in thinking and action (Chan, 2003;
Kagan, 1992; Luft & Roehrig, 2007; Weiner & Cohen, 2003).
decision making and affecting pre-service teachers’ behaviours as both learners and
teachers (Luft & Roehrig, 2007). Similarly to Brownlee (2004), there was evidence in
my study to indicate that as the pre-service teachers learnt to teach and were learners
themselves, they saw metacognitive similarities between their learning styles and their
beginning of the course could be implemented simply through surveys but also by
having philosophical discussions about the nature of knowledge and ways of knowing
pertinent to pre-service teachers as students, learning about teaching. Towards the end
of their studies, this could be considered again but from the perspective of students’ and
teachers’ expectations.
The recently established Australian National Standards for Teachers clearly and
opportunity to establish shared goals and vision. Unit outcomes, weekly schedules, in-
284 LEARNING TO TEACH
class tasks and assignments could be mapped against the AITSL framework to develop
shared goals for pre-service teachers and teacher educators to work towards. The AITSL
teaching skills and knowledge over the four years. The portfolio is also a useful and
evidence and knowledge co-construction about teaching and learning rather than
emphasising marks/grades and knowledge reproduction. The use of the portfolio could
also be a document that follows the pre-service teacher through to their teacher
journey and by the end of their coursework, pre-service teachers will and do have
different strengths and challenges. Indeed, the recent Teacher Education Ministerial
Advisory Report (2015) also endorsed the use of AITSL standards to assess pre-service
teachers’ skills and knowledge (Recommendation 25) and the use of portfolio as
will identify and emphasise the role of assessment in learning. Until pre-service teachers
understand and can see personal evidence of their learning, they will be less likely to
recognise evidence of learning in their students. This might account for why most of the
pre-service teachers in my study did not feel confident about the assessment and
education were predominantly marks and grades which reinforced didactic teaching
practices.
mapping. The shared understanding about the nature of the teacher’s work, coursework
LEARNING TO TEACH 285
and practicum components would establish academic rigour and send more consistent
connections between units of study. This would address the problem of course
teachers in my study.
The second quandary is that if pre-service teachers are presenting with different
Transmission delivery and exams were not favoured by most of the pre-service teachers
education (Wideen et al., 1998), although one pre-service teacher in my study liked
some aspects of the didactic approach and some pre-service teachers preferred the
theoretical knowledge construction in their first few years. Preferred learning and
understanding. Likewise, where and when teaching strategies were modelled and
experienced from the perspective of a student, pre-service teachers also reported deeper
The opportunity to complete units online is also promising for some pre-service
teachers, who may believe they have prior learning experiences and may not need face-
knowledge and they did not think their lack of deep understanding warranted further
286 LEARNING TO TEACH
learning.
Additionally, the small cohort size and intimate and supportive nature of a small
campus complemented the preferred learning styles suggested above. A Canadian study
by Beck and Kosnik (2002b) revealed similar findings when they sought the opinions of
nine pre-service teachers about the redesigned campus component of their course. In
their study, pre-service teachers reported acquiring broad goals for teaching and
time with a university component attached to the practicum. Cavanagh and Garvey
learning practice. Pre-service teachers and university lecturers made 12 school visits to
a host teacher’s classroom over the course of an academic year. The observations, co-
teaching and discussion that followed these visits resulted in pre-service teachers
learning from each other; the lecturer had shared experiences to use in discussion with
pre-service teachers; and positive and powerful theory to practice links were made (in
mathematics). In addition, the links with industry served to strengthen school and
spaces’ that can transform ‘the either/or theory/practice nexus to a both/also point of
view’ (p. 92). Adoniou’s (2013) study concluded that teacher preparation was most
effective when there was alignment and collaboration between universities, practicum
and schools. Hence, teacher educators need to establish and sustain greater partnerships
with schools and other education providers (i.e., discovery centres, museums). The
TEMAG (2015) report also identified the level of integration between initial teacher
order to provide; integrated, structured and extended professional experiences for pre-
service teachers (Recommendation 19); and high quality mentor teachers to work with
for teacher education programs, pre-service teachers, school educators and the wider
today’s classrooms? Clearly, in my current study, many pre-service teachers were not
confident in assessment and monitoring. This is certainly an area that teacher educators
would have expected pre-service teachers to have learnt from their pre-service
education programme. The fact that one pre-service teacher was confident in this area
implies that assessment and monitoring was evident in the coursework, but many pre-
service teachers were either not ready to take on board assessment and monitoring or the
‘act of teaching’ or the performance side of teaching was given greater priority in terms
preparation in a number of the standards, one of which was assessment, feedback and
reporting. The principals reported that only 23 per cent of primary graduates and 31 per
cent of secondary graduates were well or very well prepared for this standard in their
for learning are paramount, hence, there needs to be a greater emphasis placed on
assessment and monitoring within coursework. Perhaps this could be in the form of
evidence based assignments for pre-service teachers, such as portfolios and evidence-
based articulation of the AITSL standards. TEMAG (2015) also calls for rigorous
They propose achieving this standard should commence on entry to initial teacher
education and that all stake holders, higher education providers, pre-service teachers,
principals and mentor teachers, be jointly and collaboratively responsible for achieving
this outcome.
The pre-service teachers in my study were exiting their initial learning to teach
Hammond, 2006, p. 304). As such, they were venturing, confidently and eagerly, to the
next phase: testing their hypotheses. Similarly to Beck and Kosnik’s (2002) study, the
pre-service teachers in my study had broad goals for teaching; general pedagogical
skills; some specific skills and curriculum knowledge; and a sense of being a newly
qualified teacher with further learning anticipated. This is where the learning to teach
experiences of the pre-service teachers in my study has implications for educators and
My study has shown that pre-service teachers exit their teacher education
courses with different orientations to teaching, despite having had similar learning
personal aspects, which were supported by Kagan’s study (1992). Kagan claimed that
learning to teach was a personal journey that required deep internal examination. In
addition, my study found the personal aspects were a consistent aspect in all
orientations to teaching. This has implications for school educators (principals and
ways.
LEARNING TO TEACH 289
specific policies, culture and procedures. They should also include the provision of
supportive and competent teacher mentors who also recognise that learning to teach is
developmental. Chai, Teo and Lee (2009) found newly qualified teachers needed a
range of supportive curriculum resources and staff to sustain the constructivist learning
induction of newly qualified teachers that was encouraging. The policy called for newly
qualified teachers to be given less teaching contact time (2.5 days per term), financial
report found these practices had been enacted inconsistently due to the day-to-day
recommendations calling for more effective induction and mentoring; and recognition
Second, schools and principals need to recognise that pre-service teachers will
experiences with diverse students they have yet to experience. In the same way that
teacher educators need to know and understand their pre-service teachers as people,
educators and professional development providers need to learn about their incoming
new teachers. Newly qualified teachers are not ‘empty’ vessels to be moulded to the
system or school. As Adoniou (2013) stated, these new teachers have visions for
teaching that ‘impact upon the type of teacher they want to become and the kind of
knowledge they require to be that teacher’ (p. 54). The pre-service teachers in my study
had ‘ideals’ about how they would teach and they were confident and eager to pursue
290 LEARNING TO TEACH
mostly constructivist theoretical models. If these ‘ideals’ do not align with their first
place of employment, or they are discouraged from attempting to try their newly
Brouwer and Korthagen (2005, p. 213) claimed that in their first year of
However, their study found that where pre-service teacher education involved
integrative theory and practical programs, idealistic and constructivist beliefs resurfaced
after their second year of teaching. More research is needed in following up early career
schools with graduate teachers need to recognise that newly qualified teachers are a
‘work in progress’ and that initial employment as a teacher is not the end or the start but
indicate that it takes between two and five years before they begin to feel confident
development providers and schools should also seek partnerships and alignment of their
work with that of universities (Crosswell & Beutel, 2013). The role of schools and
support newly qualified teachers in their quest to fulfil their role as a teacher who will
make a difference. My study asserts that professionally, most of the pre-service teachers
were not prepared for assessing and monitoring of students and KLA content
knowledge. This might well be a common trend that indicates that newly qualified
Also in my study, pre-service teachers felt ‘ready’ to teach but with minimal
confidence in pedagogy, knowledge of learners and content knowledge. This was in fact
quite realistic because the pre-service teachers recognised that there were a diverse and
dynamic range of schools, classrooms and students that they had yet to encounter. They
also had quite minimal KLA knowledge, as many discipline areas such as science,
humanities, technology and health received only 36 hours or one semester of study
during the four-year period. Clearly, this is not sufficient time to develop a
presented with idealistic constructivist visions of teaching but also the recognition of
diverse learners and the need to differentiate instruction. They were highly confident
about their relationship with people and children in general and thus they are likely to
rely on this aspect of their professional and personal development to survive their first
years of teaching. While the constructivist and idealistic view of teaching is common in
the literature on newly qualified teachers (Brouwer & Korthagen, 2005), the notion of
society and educational curriculum documents, but may also have been influenced by
the ‘inclusivity’ theme in the pre-service teachers’ second year teaching course. Hence,
phenomena of learning to teach that recognises the socio-cultural impact and the
Hastings, 2010). The research on learning to teach is extensive and ranges from
292 LEARNING TO TEACH
experienced in-service teachers and across many cultures. Friesen and Besley (2013)
claimed that research on teacher identity and development is complex because of the
‘multidisciplinary nature of the literature and multiple perspectives within teaching and
the teacher education field’ (p. 24). An interesting recommendation from the TEMAG
(2015) report endorses “a national focus on research into teacher education, including
of the learner (pre-service teacher), the social and cultural context in which the learning
takes place (campus and school-based) and the nature of what has to be learnt (teachers’
work). The approach acknowledged that these aspects should not be separate. Rather,
dynamic nature of teaching in a relatively easy manner. The most encouraging part of
the recent TEMAG (2015) report was the recognition that teacher education needs to
larger group of pre-service teachers with more diverse geographical, cultural and gender
characteristics. It would also be beneficial to conduct more longitudinal studies from the
first year of the undergraduate programme through the first three years of teaching.
study were peculiar to certain demographic groups or career switchers and school
leavers.
6.5 Conclusion
and formal teacher training period by asking seven pre-service teachers to describe their
LEARNING TO TEACH 293
experiences. The study sought the ‘voices’ of the pre-service teachers in order to gain an
who was learning to teach, what was learnt, when, where and how. Thus, the socio-
cultural theory offers a relevant and useful lens through which to examine learning to
teach in the current study, because it sought to understand the players (pre-service
teachers, and the lecturers and mentor teachers, indirectly), the landscapes (schools and
university contexts) and the tools for learning (teaching knowledge and skills). These
were not considered separate but rather interacting, integrated and influencing each
other. As noted in past research, conclusions from the case studies and cross-cases
analysis found learning to teach was complex, dynamic and idiosyncratic (Alsup, 2006;
Whilst the sample size is relatively small and the pre-service teachers did self-
select, the research sought to understand learning to teach by focussing on the meanings
that the experience had for seven pre-service teachers who were the participants in my
study. My study was interested in what was reported from the perspective of the pre-
service teachers, whoever they might be. They have a story to tell which may or may
not be similar or different to the other pre-service teachers in the study or other pre-
service teachers in general. The significance is that it is their story. Future research can
only add to the stories and may or may not find similarities of differences. My study
sought to understand learning to teach by focussing on the meanings that the experience
had for seven pre-service teachers who were the participants in my study.
The degree to which the three aspects worked to influence learning to teach
resulted in three orientations towards learning to teach. Common and central to all three
orientations were the personal aspects. More specifically, the personal aspects involved
the pre-service teachers’ self-efficacy for teaching in particular, their decision to teach,
and expectation about learning to teach. These were found to have the greatest influence
on pre-service teachers’ learning. However, where the personal aspects were dominant
orientation, pre-service teachers’ conceptions of teaching and learning did not change or
changed minimally during the initial and formal learning to teach experience. Hence,
more likely to report that their coursework had a minimal impact on their understanding
about teaching and learning. This was the case for one pre-service teacher in my study.
In contrast, when and where all three aspects were activated and integrated, as in the
changes that resulted in strongly held and lived visions of teaching and learning. Hence,
these pre-service teachers regarded their initial and formal teacher education experience
in between these extreme orientations, was the impact of personal and professional
aspects and the impact of personal and contextual aspects (the transitional orientation)
and this orientation also claimed some impact from the university context that
My study found that those who stand to gain the most from their initial learning
to teach experience were those pre-service teachers who engaged with self, context and
professional knowledge and skills. Consequently, the paradox for teacher educators is
how to make the initial learning to teach experience one in which pre-service teachers
activate and engage all three aspects in order to challenge preconceived ideas about
teaching and learning so that new understandings emerge about the role of the teacher
and learner and its impact on students. This could be achieved by questioning pre-
knowing, roles of teachers and learners and their self-efficacy for teaching. This is best
involvement with all aspects of the teacher education programme and teach pre-service
teachers to critically reflect on their assumptions and their observations of teachers and
advocate for the development of learning communities where strong relationships are
projects; and creative and critical reflection/thinking. Assessment and feedback to pre-
service teachers about their research, class participation and practicum experiences
should also be negotiated, authentic, evidence-based and timely. It should represent the
the programme and upon exit so that individual pathways to expertise are clearly
teachers become in-service teachers. The development of a ‘teaching portfolio’ has the
potential to address the fact that different pre-service teachers develop different skills
and knowledge from their university experience and practicum. The pre-service teachers
do have knowledge to contribute and they are expecting to continue to learn about
teaching. The idealistic and vicarious ‘visions of teaching’ will need ongoing support
from employers with recognition that not all teachers have the same skills and
It would seem that the preparation of teachers would be greatly enhanced if both
the universities and schools took joint responsibility for the transition to work, rather
than the ‘closing of one door … and the opening of another’ mind set (Crosswell &
Beutel, 2013, p. 146). Most pre-service teachers in my study were exiting their
coursework eager to try out their vision of teaching in order to make a difference to the
students under their charge. They will need support and encouragement as they attempt
to marry the idealistic and vicarious experiences with the realistic and dynamic
classroom experience of having their own class. The emphasis on students’ learning
means tomorrow’s teachers need to teach in different ways and with respect for
diversity and inclusivity. They need to teach for impact (Hattie, 2012). Zeichner and
Given the diversity of who comes into our teacher education programs and the
settings for which they are prepared to teach, there is likely to be a variety of
effective pathways into teaching and a variety of elements of effective teacher
education programs (p. 285).
Teacher education will need to look more critically at who is entering teacher education
programs, what they know and have to learn, where, when and how this is best learnt
for each pre-service teacher. The match between the learner and the learning commands
References
Halpern, D. (2005). Teaching for the future: Fostering twin abilities of knowing how to
learn and think critically. CA: National Commission on Teaching and America's
Future.
Hammerness, K., Darling-Hammond, L., Bransford, J., Berliner, D., Cochran-Smith,
M., McDonald, M., & Zeichner, K. (2012). How teachers learn and develop. In
L. Darling-Hammond & J. Bransford (eds). Preparing teachers for a changing
world. (pp.358-389). San Francisco, CA: Josey-Bass.
Hastings, P. (2010). Expectation of a pre-service teacher: Implications of encountering
the unexpected. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 38(3), 207-219.
Retrieved from
http://www.tandfonline.com.ecu.edu.au/toc/capjzo/VCulCck5DGg#.VCchlMkS
DGg
Hattie, J. (2012). Visible learning for teachers: Maximizing impact on learning.
London, UK: Routledge.
Havighurst, R. (1972). Developmental tasks and education. N.Y: McCay.
He, Y., Levin, B., & Li, Y. (2011). Comparing the content and sources of pedagogical
beliefs in Chinese and American pre-service teachers. Journal of Education for
Teaching, 37, 155-171. Retrieved from
http://www.tandfonline.exproxy.ecu.edu.au/toc/cjet20#VMqLUfldVPM
Hill, H., & Ball, D. (2009). The curious-and crucial- case for mathematical knowledge
for teaching. The Phi Delta Kappan, 91, 68-71. Retrived from
http://www.sagepub.com.ezproxy.ecu.edu.au/journals/Journal202327
Hodgkinson, H. (2002). Demographics and teacher education: An overview. Journal of
Teacher Education, 53(2), 102-106. Retrieved from
http://jte.sagepub.com.ezproxy.ecu.edu.au
Hodson, E., Smith, K., & Brown, T. (2012). Reassessing theory in professionally based
initial teacher education. Teachers and Teaching, 18(2), 181-195.
doi:10.1080/13540602.2012.632269
Hofer, B. (2004). Exploring the dimensions of personal epistemology in differing
classrooms: Student interpretations during the first year of college.
Contemporary Educational Psychology, 29, 129-163.
doi:10.1016/j.cedpsych.2004.01,002
Hofer, B., & Pintrich, P. (1997). The development of epistemological theories: Beliefs
about knowledge and knowing and their relation to learning. Review of
Educational Research, 67(1), 88-140.
Ingvarson, L., Beavis, A., & Kleinhenz, E. (2004). Teacher education courses in
Victoria: Perceptions of their effectiveness and factors affecting their impact.
Victoria, Australia: Australian Council for Educational Research.
Interstate New Teacher Assessment and Support Consortium.(1992). Model standards
for beginning teachers licensing, assessment and development.Washington DC:
Council of Chief State School Offices.
Jackson, P. (1990). Life in classrooms. N.Y: Teachers College Press.
Jacobson, M., Jehng, C., & Maouri, C. (1996). Culture, domain specificity and
epistemological beliefs: A cross-cultural study of Taiwanese and American
university students. Paper presented at the American Educational Research
Association Conference in New York.
Jehng, J., Johnson, S., & Anderson, R. (1993). Schooling and students' epistemological
beliefs about learning. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 18, 23-35.
John-Steiner, V., & Mahn, H. (1996). Socio-cultural approaches to learning and
development: A Vygotskian framework. Educational Psychologist, 31(3/4),
191-206.
304 LEARNING TO TEACH
Loughran, J., Mulhall, P., & Berry, A. (2008). Exploring pedagogical content
knowledge in science education. International Journal of Science Education,
30(10), 1301-1320. doi:10.1080/09500690802187009
Lowery, R., & Pace, B. (2002). Preparing sunburban pre-service teachers for rural
schools. Rural Educator, 23(2), 32-36. Retrieved from
http://www.nrea.net/index.cfm?pID=7925
Luft, J., & Roehrig, G. (2007). Capturing science teachers' epistemological beliefs: The
development of teacher beliefs interviews. Electonic Journal of Science
Education of South Western University, 11(2), 38-63.
Maiden, S. (2014). Teachers 'sink or swim'. Sunday Times, Perth, Australia. p. 3.
Maloney, C., & Barblett, L. (2003). Competency framework:Phase 1: Early childhood
teachers. Perth, Australia: Edith Cowan Univsersity and Department of
Education and Training, WA.
Many, J., Howard, F., & Hoge, P. (2002). Epistemology and pre-service teacher
education: How do beliefs about knowledge affect our students' experiences.
English Education, 34(4), 302.
Martin, F. (2005). Ethnogeography: A future for primary geography and primary
geography research. International Research in Geographical and Environmental
Education, 14(4), 364-371.
Maslow, A. (1954). Motivation and personality. N.Y: Harper.
Miles, M., & Huberman, M. (1994). Qualitative data analysis(2nd Ed). Thousand Oaks,
CA: Sage Publications.
Ministerial Council for Education, Employment, Training and Youth Affairs. (2003). A
national framework for professional standards for teaching. Carlton, Australia:
Curriculum Corporation.
Ministerial Advisory Council on the Quality of Teaching. (1998). Towards identifying
professional standards for New South Wales schools. NSW, Australia: MACQT.
Ministry of Education Board. (2006). General qualifications of teaching profession.
Ankara, Turkey. Retrieved from http://oyegm.meb.gov.tr
McInnis, C., James, R., & Hartley, R. (2000). Trends in the first year experience.
Melbourne, Australia: University of Melbourne.
McKay, L., Carrington, S., & Iyer, R. (2014). Becoming an inclusive educator:
Applying Deleuze & Guattari to teacher education. Australian Journal of
Teacher Education, 39(3), 178-196. doi:10.14221/ajte.2014v39n3.10
McKoy-Lowery, R., & Pace, B. (2002). Preparing suburban pre-service teachers for
rural schools. Rural Educator, 23(2), 32-36.
Morrison, C. (2013). Teacher identity in the early career phase: Trajectories that explain
and influence development. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 38, 91-
106. doi:10.14221/ajte.2013v38n4.5
Moulding, L., Stewart, P., & Dunmeyer, M. (2014). Pre-service teachers' sense of
efficacy: Relationships to academcic ability, student teaching placement
characteristics and mentor support. Teacher and Teacher Education, 41, 60-66.
doi:10.1016.j.tate.2014.03,007
Murphy, K., Alexander, P., Greene, J., & Edwards, M. (2007). Epistemological threads
in the fabric of conceptual change research. In S.Vosniadou, A. Baltes & X.
Vamvakoussi (Eds). (pp. 105-122). Reframing the conceptual change approach
in learning and instruction. Amsterdam, Netherlands: Elsevier Ltd in association
with European Association of Learning and Instruction..
National Project for Quality of Teaching and Learning. (1996). National competency
framework for beginning teaching. Leichhardt, Australia: Australian Teaching
Council.
306 LEARNING TO TEACH
Tambyah, M. (2008). Will they know enough?: Pre-service primary teachers knowledge
base for teaching integrated social sciences. Australian Journal of Teacher
Education, 33(6), 44-60. doi:10.14221/ajte.2008v33n6.4
Tardif, M. (2001). Pre-service teacher training programs: Outcomes of recent reforms
and new trends towards effective professional training. Paper presented at the
2001 Pan-Canadian Education Research Program Symposium, May in Quebec
City.
Taylor, R., & Wasicsko, M. (2000 ). The disposition to teach. Paper presented at the
SKATE, November in Lexington, KE.
Thornton, S. (2010). Educating the educator: Rethinking subject matter and methods.
Theory Into Practice, 40(1), 72-78. doi:10.1207/s15430421tip4001_11
Tigchelaar, A., Vermunt, J., & Brouwer, N. (2014). Patterns of development in second
career teachers" conceptions of teaching and learning. Teacher and Teacher
Education, 41, 111-120. doi"10.1016/j.tate.2014.03.008
Tinto, V. (1993). Leaving college: Rethinking the causes and cures of student attrition.
Chicago, IL: University of Chicago press.
Tinto, V. (1998). Colleges as communities: Taking research on student persistence
seriously. The Review of Higher Education, 21(2), 167-177.
Tochterman, S. (2001). Stages of preservice development in a professional development
school for teachers of students with emotional disturbance. Retrieved from
http://www.ed.wright.ed/~preick/JournalArchives/Fall-
2001/article_totchermann.htm
Teacher Registration Board of Western Australia. (2012). Teacher Registration Board of
Western Australia. Retrieved from http://www.trb.wa.govt.au
Trier, J. (2006). Reconceptualizing literacy through a discourse perspective by
analyzing literacy events represented in films about schools. Journal of
Adolescent and Adult Literacy, 46(6), 510-523. Retrieved from
http:onlinelibrary.wiley.com.ezproxy.ecu.edu.au/journal/10.1002/(issn)1936-
2706
Tschuannen-Moran, M., & Woolfolk Hoy, A. (2001). Teacher efficacy: Capturing an
elusive construct. Teaching and Teacher Education, 17(7), 783-805. Retrieved
from http://www.journals.elsevier.com/teaching-and-teacher-education
van Huizen, P., van Oers, B., & Wubbels, T. (2006). A Vygotskian perspective on
teacher education. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 37(3), 267-290.
doi:10.108010022027042000328468
Vogel, D., Davidson, R., Shroff, R., & Qureshi, S. (2001). Methodoological issues in
assessing sociocultural learning. Paper presented at the Internation Conference
of System Sciences, January in Hawaii, USA.
Vygotsky, L. (1978). Mind and society. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
Wagner, T., & Imanual-Noy, D. (2014). Are they genuinely novice teachers?
Motivations and self-efficacy of those who choose teaching as a second career.
Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 39(7), 31-57.
doi:10.114221/ajte.2014v39n7.5
Walker, S., Brownlee, J., Exley, B., Woods, A., & Whiteford, C. (2011). Personal
epistemology in pre-service teachers: Belief changes throughout a teacher
education course. In J. Brownlee, G. Schraw & D. Berthelsen (Eds.), Personal
epistemology and teacher education (pp. 84-100). N.Y: Routledge.
Walkington, J. (2005). Becoming a teacher: Encouraging development of teacher
identity through reflective practice. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education,
33(1), 53-64. doi:10.1080/1359866052000341124
LEARNING TO TEACH 309
Appendices
Appendix I
1.1 My age is
1.3. I am
1.4 . Ethnicity is the culture to which you mostly align. How would you describe you
ethnic background?
_______________________________________________________________
Profession—degree Profession—degree
Trades—certificate Trades—certificate
Business—manager/ office Business—manager/ office
Hospitality Hospitality
Self employed Self employed
Retail Retail
Labourer Labourer
Home duties Home duties
Other Other
LEARNING TO TEACH 311
1.6. Describe on average how many hours per week you work?
Irregularly Less than 6–10 hrs 11–15 hrs 15–20 hrs Over 20 hrs
5hrs
Childcare/coaching/assistant teacher/instructor
Trades—certificate
Business—manager/ office
Hospitality
Retail
Labourer
Cleaning
Other type of work—or you want to be specific
Exercise: gym/sport/training
Recreational reading/ writing/ viewing
Course: instruction (not university coursework )
The arts: craft/hobbies
Other or you want to be specific
1.9. Describe approximately how many hours per week you pursue the recreational
activity.
Less 1hr per wk Less than 5 hrs Less than 10 hrs Other
Less 1hr per wk Less than 5 hrs per Less than 10 hrs per Other
wk wk
1.11. How many years have you spent at school (from 6 yrs. of age)?
_______________________________________________________________
312 LEARNING TO TEACH
Personal Academic
Personal Academic
LEARNING TO TEACH 313
(adapted from Schommer, 1990 [s]; Chan 2003; Jehng, Johnson & Anderson, 1993 [j])
Constructs Statements
Structure of • Knowledge is a truth rather than an interpretation (researcher adapted)
knowledge • Most words have one clear meaning (s & j)
• When I study I look for specific facts (s)
• Forming my own ideas is more important than learning what texts books say
(j)
• When I study I like to figure out my own ways of understanding things (j)
Stability of • Knowledge is certain rather tentative (s)
knowledge • I don’t like movies or books that don’t have an ending (s)
• Scientists can usually get to the truth (s & j)
• I prefer classes in which students are told exactly what they are supposed to
learn and what they have to do (j)
• Today’s facts may become tomorrow’s fiction (j)
Source of • Knowledge is handed down from experts/ authorities rather than derived
knowledge from reason (s)
• People who challenge experts are usually a bit full of themselves (s & j)
• How much you learn depends on the teacher (s & j)
• When I encounter a problem I try to work it out myself without consulting
teachers (j)
• You should evaluate the accuracy of information in a textbook, even if you
are not familiar with the topic (j)
Speed of • Learning is quick or not at all (s)
learning • You get most of the information you need from the first read of a textbook (s
& j)
• If you try too hard to understand a problem you end up confused (s)
• Learning is a process of building up knowledge gradually (j)
• Usually the first time I try a new subject I can tell how well I am going to do
it (j)
Beliefs about • Some people are born good learners, others are just stuck with limited ability
ability (j)
• If I work hard enough I usually get what I want (j)
• Really smart students don’t have to work hard to do well at school (s & j )
• An expert is someone with a gift in some area (s & j)
• Sometimes I feel that I lack the talent to do well at school (j)
Teaching and • Teaching is directed by teacher, who tells the students what they need to
learning know or do in a particular subject area or topic (s)
• Teaching involves helping student to develop ideas and concepts
• Teaching is helping students to change their conceptions (Sinatra & Kardash,
2004)
• Learning is receiving and acquiring knowledge
• What is learnt is dependent on the learner
• If students are not successful it is usually because of the teacher or teaching
Learning to • Teachers are born not made
teach • University experiences such as researching for assignment, in-class activities
and exam preparation helps you learn about teaching
• You learn the most about teaching by watching others teach
• You learn to teach by teaching—from trial and error
• You learn to teach from the student’s behaviour and when they achieve the
outcomes
314 LEARNING TO TEACH
1. Teaching is directed by the teacher, who tells the students what they need to know or do
in a particular subject area or topic.
5. Forming my own ideas is more important than learning what texts books say.
6. University experiences such as researching for assignment, in-class activities and exam
preparation helps you learn about teaching.
8. You should evaluate the accuracy of information in a textbook, even if you are not
familiar with the topic.
13. Some people are born good learners, others are just stuck with limited ability.
15. People who challenge experts are usually a bit full of themselves.
17. If students are not successful it is usually because of the teacher or teaching.
18. You learn the most about teaching by watching others teach.
19. Knowledge is handed down from experts/ authorities rather than derived from reason.
20. I prefer classes in which students are told exactly what they are supposed to learn and
what they have to do.
24. If you try too hard to understand a problem you end up confused.
25. You learn to teach from the student’s behaviour and when they achieve the outcomes.
27. You get most of the information you need from the first read of a textbook.
32. Usually the first time I try a new subject I can tell how well I am going to do it.
LEARNING TO TEACH 317
33. When I encounter a problem I try to work it out myself without consulting teachers.
Strongly disagree Strongly agree
Part 3: Dispositions
3.17 What personal qualities do you have that are most suited to teaching?
Please indicate how confident you are about your knowledge and skills in the following
areas:
4.5 Monitoring and assessing student progress – assessing ability and judging
needs
First Interview
1. Epistemological beliefs survey
Complete the survey
What is knowledge? How do humans go about learning something?
3. Dispositions
3.1 The decision to become a teacher: When, where and what was your circumstances at
the time/did anyone influence you? Why did and do you want to teach? What aspects of
teaching appeal the most to you?
3.2 Personal qualities suited to teaching: what qualities do have that are suited to
teaching?
3.3 Academic qualities: What subjects do you prefer and why? What subjects challenge
you? How do you describe yourself academically?
3.5 Your biggest challenges in teaching: How will you learn/ overcome these
challenges?
3.6 Future: Where do you see yourself in five and 10 years’ time?
4. Dimensions of teaching
4.1 Key learning area knowledge: What are your key learning areas? Why did you rate
yourself as …..? Where did /will you learn your KLA knowledge?
4.3 Knowledge of learners: what do you know about social/ emotional; physical,
cognitive, language and creative domains of your pupils?
4.4 Professional relationships: Describe your relationships with student, other teachers
and role of the school.
Second Interview
Review transcripts from first interview.
2.1 First impressions of university: What did you expect, what was the universities role;
your role; role of peers; how was it the same / different from your expectations? What
experiences at university were typical and regular?
2.2 First practicum: What did you expect, what was different, the same as your
expectations? What philosophical beliefs about learning and student behaviours did the
schools appear to adopt? How did you feel about this? What practices were good/bad?
What did you learn about teaching, students, yourself and administration?
2.3 Most memorable learning experiences: Tell me about the experiences that stood out
or made an impact (positively or negatively) on you in the first two years. Describe the
experience, your understanding about your task/ role, lecturer’s role/ task, what you
actually did? How you felt? What conditions (individual, professional, contextual)
influenced your learning and why/ how? What strategies do you recall as powerful,
significant or useless?
Third Interview
Review transcripts from second interview.
3.1 University experience: Tell me about your interpretations of university now?
How/did it change over the four years? What experiences at university were the most
common? How did you learn to teach?
3.2 Third practicum: tell me about you impressions of your last practicum school? What
did you expect, what was different, the same as your expectations? What philosophical
beliefs about learning and student behaviours did the schools/ your classroom appear to
adopt? How did you feel about this? What practices were good/concerned you? What
did you learn about teaching, students, yourself, administration and the education
system? What type of teacher are you? How did you become that type of teacher?
3.3 Significant learning experiences: Tell me about the experiences that stood out or
made an impact (positively or negatively) on you in the last years of your coursework.
Describe the experience, your understanding about your task/ role, lecturer’s role/ task,
what you actually did. What conditions contributed to your learning and why/ how?
What strategies do you recall as powerful, significant or useless?
322 LEARNING TO TEACH
July 2008
Dawn Naylor
Lecturer, Language Education
Edith Cowan University
Consent Form to participate in
LEARNING TO TEACH 323
I _____________________________ have read the above mentioned research proposal and any
questions I have asked have been answered to my satisfaction. I agree to participate in the study
commencing in June 2008.
YES NO
I understand the data collection involves audio tape recording and collection of /or photocopies
of work samples. I am happy for this to occur.
YES NO
I understand my identity will be concealed by a pseudonym for the purpose of the study
YES NO
I understand I will be editing my case study and as such anything I add or remove will be
accepted by the researcher.
YES NO
I understand the raw research data gathered for this study will be retained in a locked filing
cabinet at Edith Cowan University for 7 years, after which it will be destroyed.
YES NO
I understand that case studies may be published but the use of a pseudonym will conceal my
identity.
YES NO
1.3 Professional Aspects- order will be different for each PT as it is ordered from most
confident to least
1.3.1 Key learning area knowledge: major areas; reason for choosing; rating;
source; depth; disposition to teach; least preferred area
1.3.2 Pedagogy: defined; rating; source; practical knowledge/lesson planning;
philosophy statement and ideologies; role of teachers and learners
1.3.3 Knowledge of learners: rating, evidence of understanding socio-emotional
knowledge; cognitive and academic knowledge; interest/prior knowledge
1.3.4 Professional relationships: rating; source; students/ parents/other school
personnel/peers
1.3.5 Assessment and monitoring: rating; concept of development; ability to
assess; reasoning for testing; knowledge of testing types; accounting for success
1.3.6 Professional ethics: rating; definition; source; role of teachers
1.4. Conclusion
LEARNING TO TEACH
325